UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K10-K/A
Amendment 1
þANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20102013
or
o
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 For transition period from to

Commission file number 0-5734
AGILYSYS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ohio34-0907152
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
425 Walnut Street, Suite 1800, Cincinnati, Ohio45202
28925 Fountain Parkway, Solon, Ohio
(Address of principal executive offices)
44139
(Zip Code)

Registrant’sRegistrant's telephone number, including area code:(440) 519-8700
(770) 810-7800
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each className of each exchange on which registered
Common Shares, without par valueThe NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o¨     No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o¨     No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ  No o¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 ofRegulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).       Yes oþ  No o¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 ofRegulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’sregistrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of thisForm 10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K.  þ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer oAccelerated filer þNon-accelerated filer oSmaller reporting company o
(DoLarge accelerated filer ¨    Accelerated filer þNon-accelerated filer ¨Smaller reporting company ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined inRule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o¨   No þ

The aggregate market value of Common Shares held by non-affiliates as of September 30, 2009 (the last business day2012 was $124,082,511. As of May 31, 2013, 22,147,165 shares of the Registrant’s most recently completed secondregistrant's common stock were outstanding.






EXPLANATORY NOTE

Agilysys, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is filing this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (this “Amendment”) to amend our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2013, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on June 14, 2013 (the “Original Filing”), to include the information required by Items 10 through 14 of Part III of Form 10-K. This information was previously omitted from the Original Filing in reliance on General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, which permits the information in the above referenced items to be incorporated in the Form 10-K by reference from our definitive proxy statement if such statement is filed no later than 120 days after our fiscal quarter) was $101,029,768 computedyear-end. We are filing this Amendment to include Part III information in our Form 10-K because a definitive proxy statement containing such information may not be filed by the Company within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by the Form 10-K. The reference on the basiscover of the last reported sale price per share ($6.59)Original Filing to the incorporation by reference to portions of such shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.
As of June 1, 2010, the Registrant had the following number of Common Shares outstanding: 22,936,978, of which 4,915,617 were held by affiliates.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’sour definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by referenceproxy statement into Part III of the Original Filing is hereby deleted.
In accordance with Rule 12b-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), Part III, Items 10 through 14 of the Original Filing are hereby amended and restated in their entirety, and Part IV, Item 15 of the Original Filing is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, with the only changes being the addition of Exhibits 31.3 and 31.4 filed herewith and related footnotes. The number of shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2013, as stated on the cover page to the Original Filing, is hereby amended and restated to 22,147,765. Except as described above, thisForm 10-K. Amendment No. 1 does not amend or otherwise update any other information in the Original Filing and does not purport to reflect any information or events subsequent to the filing thereof. Accordingly, this Amendment should be read in conjunction with the Original Filing and with our filings with the SEC subsequent to the Original Filing.




2



Item 1.  Business.
Reference herein to any particular year or quarter refers to periods within the Company’s fiscal year ended March 31. For example, fiscal 2010 refers to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.
Overview
Agilysys, Inc. (“Agilysys” or the “Company”) is a leading provider of innovative information technology (“IT”) solutions to corporate and public-sector customers, with special expertise in select markets, including retail and hospitality. The Company develops technology solutions — including hardware, software, and services — to help customers resolve their most complicated IT data center andpoint-of-sale needs. The Company possesses data center expertise in enterprise architecture and high availability, infrastructure optimization, storage and resource management, and business continuity. Agilysys’point-of-sale solutions include: proprietary property management, inventory and procurement,point-of-sale, and document management software, proprietary services including expertise in mobility and wireless solutions for retailers, and resold hardware, software, and services. A significant portion of thepoint-of-sale related revenue is recurring from software support and hardware maintenance agreements. Headquartered in Solon, Ohio, Agilysys operates extensively throughout North America, with additional sales and support offices in the United Kingdom and Asia. Agilysys has three reportable business segments: Hospitality Solutions Group (“HSG”), Retail Solutions Group (“RSG”), and Technology Solutions Group (“TSG”).
History and Significant Events
Agilysys was organized as an Ohio corporation in 1963. While originally focused on electronic components and later enterprise computer distribution, the Company executed two transformative divestitures in fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2007 of its distribution businesses. Proceeds from the divestitures were used to reduce leverage, buy back common shares, and grow the remaining IT solutions business through organic investments and acquisitions.
Today, Agilysys offers diversified products and solutions focused on improving data center andpoint-of-sale technology solutions for its customers. HSG develops, markets, and sells proprietary property management,point-of-sale, and material and inventory management software applications to operate hotel, casino, destination resort, cruise line, and food service management establishments in the hospitality industry. In addition, HSG provides proprietary implementation and software maintenance services, as well as IBM servers and storage products. RSG is one of the largest North American systems integrators of retailpoint-of-sale, self-service, and wireless solutions with proprietary business consulting, implementation, and hardware maintenance services. TSG is a leading value-added reseller ofmid-to-high end data center solutions that utilize server, networking, and storage hardware, multiple software technologies, and resold and proprietary services.
The Company was actively building out its solution capabilities in mid-calendar year 2007 and early 2008 through acquisitions, as the Company invested capital raised from the divestiture of its KeyLink Systems Distribution Business (“KSG”), which was its enterprise computer distribution business. As evidence of a recession surfaced in early calendar year 2008, customers’ outlook changed and capital expenditures on IT solutions were slashed. As a result of the decline in GDP, a weak macroeconomic environment, significantly reduced liquidity in the credit markets, and changes in demand for IT products, the Company focused on aligning cost structure with current and expected revenue levels, improving efficiencies, and increasing cash flows. Agilysys took aggressive actions to reduce its cost structure and improve profitability. Specifically, the Company executed the following restructuring actions over the past two years:
— restructured thego-to-market strategy for TSG’s professional services offering;
— exited the Asian operations of TSG;
— reduced corporate overhead and realigned executive management;
— closed corporate offices in Boca Raton, Florida and relocated and consolidated its headquarters with the existing facilities in Solon, Ohio;
— realigned certain operational and administrative departments;
— streamlined processes to reduce costs and drive efficiencies; and
— implemented a new Oracle Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) software system for North American operations on April 1, 2010 to further improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs, replacing a legacy distribution IT system that required significant manual processes to meet its regulatory, management, and customer reporting requirements.


1


Industry
According to information published in April 2010 by Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), a leading provider of information technology research and advisory services, worldwide IT spending on hardware, software, and IT services was estimated at $1.3 trillion in calendar year 2009, with all three sectors experiencing a combined 4.5% decline over spending in calendar year 2008. However, in calendar year 2010, Gartner projects worldwide IT spending on hardware, software, and IT services to grow to $1.4 trillion, an increase of 5.6%. Hardware and services are each expected to increase 5.7% globally, while software is projected to increase 5.1%, driven by continued improvement in the global economy. Gartner projects that this worldwide growth will continue into calendar year 2011, with modest growth of approximately 4%. The slowdown in IT spending during calendar year 2009 negatively affected the Company’s revenues and results of operations for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009. However, the Company believes that it is well-positioned to take advantage of the projected growth in IT spending in future periods.
The non-consumer IT industry consists of a supply chain made up of suppliers, distributors, resellers, and corporate and public-sector customers. Agilysys operates in the reseller category as a solution provider, as well as a software developer in the hospitality industry and system integrator in the retail industry.
To ensure the efficient and cost-effective delivery of products and services to market, IT suppliers are increasingly outsourcing functions such as logistics, order management, sales, and technical support. Solution providers play crucial roles in this outsourcing strategy by offering customers technically skilled and market-focused sales and services organizations. Certain solution providers, such as Agilysys, offer additional proprietary products and services that complement a total, customer-focused solution.
Products and Services
Within the markets in which Agilysys operates, product sets include hardware, software, and services. Total revenues from continuing operations for the Company’s three specific product areas are as follows:
             
  For the Year Ended March 31 
(In thousands) 2010  2009  2008 
 
Hardware $440,242  $464,410  $482,144 
Software  80,505   88,902   95,289 
Services  119,684   177,408   182,735 
Total $640,431  $730,720  $760,168 
The Company purchases IT products and services both directly from HP, IBM, Sun, and other original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) and through its primary distributor, Arrow Electronics, Inc. (“Arrow”), and re-sells this equipment to its customers. These OEMs require Agilysys, as a reseller, to purchase a substantial amount of product and services through a Tier I distributor such as Arrow. The Company has a long-term purchase agreement with Arrow that includes an obligation to purchase a minimum of $330 million of product and services per year through fiscal 2012. However, the agreement with Arrow does not impact the OEM the Company selects, or the Company’s customer selects, to fulfill an order.
Sales of products and services from the Company’s three largest OEMs accounted for 66%, 65%, and 65%, of the Company’s sales volumes in fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, comprised as follows:
             
  For the year ended March 31 
(In thousands) 2010  2009  2008 
 
HP  21%   22%   27% 
IBM  13%   12%   15% 
Sun Microsystems (1)  32%   31%   23% 
Total  66%   65%   65% 
(1)The relationship with Sun Microsystems began in July 2007 with the Company’s acquisition of Innovative Systems Design, Inc. (“Innovative”), which was aggregated into the TSG business segment.


2


Segment Reporting
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in determining how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Operating segments can be aggregated for segment reporting purposes so long as certain economic and operating aggregation criteria are met. With the divestiture of KSG in fiscal 2007, the continuing operations of the Company represented one business segment that provided IT solutions to corporate and public-sector customers. In fiscal 2008, the Company evaluated its business groups and developed a structure to support the Company’s strategic direction, as it transformed to a pervasive solution provider largely in the North American IT market. With this transformation, the Company now has three reportable business segments: HSG, RSG, and TSG. See Note 13 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Business Segments, for a discussion of the Company’s segment reporting.
Customers
Agilysys’ customers include large and medium-sized companies, divisions or departments of corporations in theFortune 1000, and public-sector institutions. The Company serves customers in a wide range of industries, including telecommunications, education, finance, government, healthcare, hospitality, manufacturing, and retail. The following table presents sales to Verizon Communications, Inc. (“Verizon”) as a percentage of Agilysys’ total sales and TSG’s total sales in fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008:
          
  For the year ended March 31
(In thousands) 2010 2009 2008
Percentage of Agilysys total sales  27%  23%  12%
Percentage of TSG total sales  39%  33%  16%
Uneven Sales Patterns and Seasonality
The Company experiences a disproportionately large percentage of quarterly sales in the last month of its fiscal quarters. In addition, TSG experiences a seasonal increase in sales during its fiscal third quarter ending December 31st. Third quarter sales were 34%, 31%, and 33% of annual revenues for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Agilysys believes that this sales pattern is industry-wide. Although the Company is unable to predict whether this uneven sales pattern will continue over the long term, the Company anticipates that this trend will remain in the foreseeable future.
Backlog
The Company historically has not had a significant backlog of orders due to its ability to quickly fulfill customer orders. There was no significant backlog at March 31, 2010.
Competition
The reselling of innovative IT solutions is competitive, primarily with respect to price, but also with respect to service levels. The Company faces competition with respect to developing and maintaining relationships with customers. Agilysys competes for customers with other solution providers and occasionally with some of its suppliers in its RSG and TSG business segments.
There are very few public enterprise product resellers in the IT solution provider market. As such, Agilysys’ competition is typically small or regional, privately held technology solution providers with $50 million to $500 million in revenues. The Company competes with large companies such as Micros Systems, Inc. and Radiant Systems, Inc. within HSG, and Berbee Information Networks Corporation (a division of CDW Corporation), Forsythe Solutions Group, Inc., and Logicalis Group within TSG. RSG’s competitive marketplace is highly fragmented with respect to system integrators.
Employees
As of June 1, 2010, Agilysys had approximately 1,200 employees. The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreements, has had no strikes or work stoppages, and considers its employee relations to be excellent.
Markets
Agilysys sells its products principally in the United States and Canada and entered the China, Hong Kong, and UK markets through acquisitions. Sales to customers outside of the United States and Canada do not represent a significant percentage of the Company’s sales.


3


In January 2009, the Company sold the stock of TSG’s operations in China and certain assets of TSG’s Hong Kong operations. However, HSG still continues to operate and grow in Asia, specifically in Hong Kong, Macau, and Singapore, as well as in the UK and Middle East.
Access to Information
Agilysys’ annual reports onForm 10-K, quarterly reports onForm 10-Q, current reports onForm 8-K, and any amendments to these reports are available free of charge through its Internet site (http://www.agilysys.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information posted on the Company’s Internet site is not incorporated into this Annual Report onForm 10-K (“Annual Report”). In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Item 1A.  Risk Factors.
Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain favorable pricing.
Our profitability is dependent on the rates we are able to charge for our products and services. If we are not able to maintain favorable pricing for our products and services, our profit margin and our profitability could suffer. The rates we are able to charge for our products and services are affected by a number of factors, including:
— our customers’ perceptions of our ability to add value through our services;
— competition;
— introduction of new services or products by us or our competitors;
— our competitors’ pricing policies;
— our ability to charge higher prices where market demand or the value of our services justifies it;
— our ability to accurately estimate, attain, and sustain contract revenues, margins, and cash flows over long contract periods;
— procurement practices of our customers; and
— general economic and political conditions.
Our profitability is partly dependent upon restructuring and executing planned cost savings.
During fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, we initiated actions intended to reduce our cost structure and improve profitability, including the following restructuring actions:
— restructured thego-to-market strategy for TSG’s professional services offering;
— exited Asian operations of TSG;
— reduced corporate overhead and realigned executive management;
— closed corporate offices in Boca Raton, Florida and relocated and consolidated our corporate headquarters with our existing facilities in Solon, Ohio;
— realigned certain operational and administrative departments:
— streamlined processes to reduce costs and drive efficiencies; and
— implemented a new Oracle ERP software system for North American operations on April 1, 2010 to further improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs, replacing a legacy distribution IT system that required significant manual processes to meet its regulatory, management, and customer reporting requirements.
If our cost reduction efforts are ineffective or our estimates of cost savings are inaccurate, our profitability could be negatively impacted. We may not be successful in achieving the operating efficiencies and operating cost reductions expected from these efforts, and may experience business disruptions associated with the restructuring and cost reduction activities. These efforts may not produce the full efficiency and cost reduction benefits that we expect. Further, such benefits may be realized later than expected, and the costs of implementing these measures may be greater than anticipated.
A significant portion of our revenues are derived from a single customer.
In fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, 27%, 23%, and 12%, respectively, of our total revenues were derived from Verizon. If we were to lose Verizon as a customer, or if pricing offered by our OEMs to Agilysys on sales to Verizon changed such that the gross margin earned on sales to Verizon was materially reduced, or if Verizon was to become insolvent or otherwise unable to pay for products and services, or was to become unwilling or unable to make payments in a timely manner, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business,


4


results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity. A further or extended economic downturn could also reduce profitability and cash flow.
We contract with a small number of key OEMs and changes in their incentive programs could have a material impact on our results.
We presently have contracts with a small number of key OEMs, including IBM, HP, EMC2, Hitachi Data Systems, and Sun Microsystems, Inc. (now owned by Oracle). Our contracts with these OEMs vary in duration and are generally terminable by either party at will upon notice. The loss of any of these OEMs or a combination of certain other OEMs could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition. From time to time, an OEM may terminate the Company’s right to sell some or all of its products and services or change the terms and conditions of the relationship or reduce or discontinue the incentives or programs offered. Any termination or the implementation of these changes could have a material negative impact on the Company’s results of operations.
The loss of the right to sell the products and services of any of the top three OEMs or a combination of certain other OEMs could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition unless alternative products manufactured by other OEMs are available to the Company. In addition, although the Company believes that its relationships with its OEMs are good, there can be no assurance that the Company’s OEMs will continue to supply products on terms acceptable to the Company. Through agreements with its OEMs, Agilysys is authorized to sell all or some of the OEMs’ products. The authorization with each OEM is subject to specific terms and conditions regarding such items as purchase discounts and supplier incentive programs including sales volume incentives and cooperative advertising reimbursements. A substantial portion of the Company’s profitability results from incentive programs with the OEMs. These incentive programs are at the discretion of the OEM. From time to time, OEMs may terminate the right of the Company to sell some or all of their products or change these terms and conditions or reduce or discontinue the incentives or programs offered. Any such termination or implementation of such changes could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations.
Consolidation in the industries that we serve could adversely affect our business.
Customers that we serve may seek to achieve economies of scale and other synergies by combining with or acquiring other companies. If two or more of our current customers combine their operations, it may decrease the amount of work that we perform for these customers. If one of our current clients merges or consolidates with a company that relies on another provider for its consulting, systems integration and technology, or outsourcing services, we may lose work from that client or lose the opportunity to gain additional work. If two or more of our suppliers merge or consolidate operations, the increased market power of the larger company could also increase our product costs and place competitive pressures on us. Any of these possible results of industry consolidation could adversely affect our business.
For example, in early calendar 2010, Oracle completed its acquisition of Sun Microsystems, Inc. (“Sun”), and we are Sun’s largest commercial reseller in the U.S. We are unaware of the totality of changes Oracle may make to Sun’s hardware business, and such changes may adversely affect us.
The market for our products and services is affected by changing technology and if we fail to anticipate and adapt to such changes, our results of operations may suffer.
The markets in which the Company competes are characterized by ongoing technological change, new product introductions, evolving industry standards, and changing needs of customers. Our competitive position and future success will depend on our ability to anticipate and adapt to changes in technology and industry standards. If we fail to successfully manage the challenges of rapidly changing technology, the Company’s results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
We may be unable to hire enough qualified employees or we may lose key employees.
We rely on the continued service of our senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer, members of our executive team, and other key employees and the hiring of new qualified employees. In the technology services industry, there is substantial and continuous competition for highly-skilled personnel. We may not be successful in recruiting new personnel and in retaining and motivating existing personnel. We also may experience increased compensation costs that are not offset by either improved productivity or higher prices. With rare exceptions, we do not have long-term employment agreements with our employees and only our key employees are subject to non-competition agreements. The loss of key employees and members of our senior management team may be disruptive to our operations.


5


Part of our total compensation program includes share-based compensation. Share-based compensation is an important tool in attracting and retaining employees in our industry. If the market price of our common shares declines or remains low, it may adversely affect our ability to retain or attract employees. In addition, because we expense all share-based compensation, we may in the future change our share-based and other compensation practices. Any changes in our compensation practices or changes made by competitors could affect our ability to retain and motivate existing personnel and recruit new personnel.
Our business could be materially adversely affected if we cannot successfully implement changes to our information technology to support a changed business.
Our legacy information systems were principally designed for a distribution business. We converted our legacy business information systems for our North American operations to a single Oracle ERP system on April 1, 2010. We committed significant resources to this conversion. This conversion is complex and while we used a controlled project plan, we may not be able to successfully implement changes and manage our internal systems, procedures, and controls. If we are unable to successfully complete this implementation in an efficient or timely manner, it could materially adversely affect our business.
Prolonged economic weakness may cause a further decline in spending for information technology, adversely affecting our financial results.
Our revenue and profitability depend on the overall demand for our products and services and continued growth in the use of technology in our customers’ businesses. In challenging economic environments, our customers may reduce or defer their spending on new technologies. At the same time, many companies have already invested substantial resources in their current technological resources, and they may be reluctant or slow to adopt new approaches that could disrupt existing personnel, processes, and infrastructures. Delays or reductions in demand for information technology by end users could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products and services. In the last two years, we have experienced weakening in the demand for our products and services. If the markets for our products and services continue to soften, our business, results of operations, or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
In recent years, capital markets experienced periods of dislocation and instability, which have had and could continue to have a negative impact on our business and operations.
The recent disruption in the U.S. and global capital markets has impacted, and in the future could impact, the broader financial and credit markets and reduce the availability and increase the price of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. If these conditions persist for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future, the resulting lack of available credit, lack of confidence in the financial sector, increased volatility in the financial markets, and reduced business activity could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and our ability to obtain and manage our liquidity. Any such developments could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Credit market developments may adversely affect our business and results of operations by reducing availability under our credit agreement.
On May 5, 2009, we entered into a new credit facility, as discussed in Item 7 of this Annual Report titled,Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources and in Note 8 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Financing Arrangements. Although we do not intend to borrow in the near term, if our lender fails to honor its legal commitments under our credit facility, it could be difficult in the current environment to replace this facility on similar terms.
In the current volatile state of the credit markets, there is risk that any lender, even those with strong balance sheets and sound lending practices, could fail or refuse to honor their legal commitments and obligations under existing credit commitments, including but not limited to: extending credit up to the maximum permitted by a credit facility, allowing access to additional credit features, and otherwise accessing capitaland/or honoring loan commitments. The failure of the lender under the Company’s credit facility may impact our ability to borrow money to finance our operating activities.
Disruptions in the financial and credit markets may adversely impact the spending of our customers, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Demand for our products and services depends in large part upon the level of capital available to our customers. Decreased customer capital spending could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our services and our business, results of operations, and financial condition. In addition, the disruptions in the financial markets may also have an adverse impact on regional economies or the world economy, which could negatively impact the capital and maintenance expenditures of our customers. There can be no assurance that


6


government responses to the disruptions on the financial markets will restore confidence, stabilize markets, or increase liquidity and the availability of credit. These conditions may reduce the willingness or ability of our customers and prospective customers to commit funds to purchase our products and services, or their ability to pay for our products and services after purchase.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls or discover material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to report our financial results accurately or timely or detect fraud, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
An effective internal control environment is necessary for the Company to produce reliable financial reports and is an important part of its effort to prevent financial fraud. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires our management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. We have an ongoing program to perform the system and process evaluation and testing necessary to comply with these requirements and to continuously improve and remediate internal controls over financial reporting.
While management evaluates the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls on a regular basis, these controls may not always be effective. There are inherent limitations on the effectiveness of internal controls, including collusion, management override, and failure in human judgment. In addition, control procedures are designed to reduce rather than eliminate business risks. In the event that our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, or independent registered public accounting firm determines that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective as defined under Section 404, we may be unable to produce reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, which could materially adversely affect our business. In addition, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC or NASDAQ. Any such actions could affect investor perceptions of the Company and result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could cause the market price of our common shares to decline or limit our access to capital.
We make estimates and assumptions in connection with the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, and any changes to those estimates and assumptions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
In connection with the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, we use certain estimates and assumptions based on historical experience and other factors. Our most critical accounting estimates are described in Item 7 of this annual Report titled,Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and we describe other significant accounting policies in Note 1 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. In addition, as discussed in Note 12 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Commitments and Contingencies, we record a liability for commitments and contingencies when the outcome is probable and estimable, including decisions related to provisions for legal proceedings and other contingencies. While we believe that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances, they are subject to significant uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. Should any of these estimates and assumptions change or prove to be incorrect, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
If we acquire new businesses, we may not be able to successfully integrate them or attain the anticipated benefits.
As part of our operating history and growth strategy, we have acquired other businesses. In the future, we may continue to seek acquisitions. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to identify and acquire targeted businesses or obtain financing for such acquisitions on satisfactory terms. The process of integrating acquired businesses into our operations may result in unforeseen difficulties and may require a disproportionate amount of resources and management attention. In particular, the integration of acquired technologies with our existing products could cause delays in the introduction of new products. In connection with future acquisitions, we may incur significant charges to earnings as a result of, among other things, the write-off of purchased research and development. If we are unsuccessful in integrating our acquisitions, or if the integration is more difficult than anticipated, we may experience disruptions that could have a material adverse effect on our business or the acquisition. In addition, we may not realize all of the anticipated benefits from our acquisitions, which could result in an impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets.
Future acquisitions may be financed through the issuance of common shares, which may dilute the ownership of our shareholders, or through the incurrence of additional indebtedness. Furthermore, we can provide no assurance that competition for acquisition candidates will not escalate, thereby increasing the costs of making acquisitions or making suitable acquisitions unattainable. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:
— problems combining the acquired operations, technologies, or products;


7


— unanticipated costs or liabilities;
— diversion of management’s attention;
— adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;
— risks associated with entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience; and
— potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired organizations.
We may incur additional goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that adversely affect our operating results.
We review goodwill for impairment annually and more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets may be impaired and that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, a significant decline in our common share price for a sustained period, and decreases in our market capitalization below the recorded amount of our net assets for a sustained period.
We performed our annual goodwill and intangible asset impairment test as of February 1, 2010 and concluded that no impairment existed. Accordingly, we did not recognize any non-cash goodwill or intangible asset impairment charges in fiscal 2010. However, as a result of a significant deterioration in macroeconomic conditions, there was a decline in global equity valuations during fiscal 2009 that impacted our market capitalization. Based upon the results of impairment tests performed during fiscal 2009, we concluded that a portion of our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets were impaired. As such, we recognized non-cash impairment charges in the first, second, and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009 for goodwill and intangible assets totaling $231.9 million. This total did not include $20.6 million in goodwill and intangible asset impairment that related to the CTS Corporations (“CTS”), a business acquired in May 2005, that was classified as restructuring charges in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. These impairment charges did not impact our consolidated cash flows, liquidity, or capital resources. See Note 1 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policiesand Item 7 of this annual Report, titled,Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates & Assumptions in Item 7 titled,Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — for further discussion of the impairment testing of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.
A continued decline in general economic conditions or global equity valuations could impact the judgments and assumptions about the fair value of our businesses and we could be required to record additional impairment charges in the future, which would impact our consolidated balance sheet, as well as our consolidated statement of operations. If we were required to recognize an additional impairment charge in the future, the charge would not impact our consolidated cash flows, current liquidity, or capital resources.
We are subject to litigation, which may be costly.
As a company that does business with many customers, employees, and suppliers, we are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions, including, but not limited to, claims made by or against us relating to taxes, health and safety, employee benefit plans, employment discrimination, contract compliance, intellectual property rights, and intellectual property licenses. The results of such legal and regulatory actions are difficult to predict. Although we are not aware of any instances of non-compliance with laws, regulations, contracts, or agreements and we do not believe that any of our products and services infringes any property rights or licenses, we may incur significant legal expenses if any such claim were filed. If we are unsuccessful in defending a claim, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.
Our operations and the operations of our significant suppliers could be subject to power shortages, telecommunications failures, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics, and other natural or manmade disasters or business interruptions. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. While we maintain disaster recovery plans and insurance with coverages we believe to be adequate, claims may exceed insurance coverage limits, may not be covered by insurance, or insurance may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms.


8


As a publicly traded company, our common share price is subject to many factors, including certain market trends that are out of our control and that may not reflect our actual intrinsic value.
We can experience short-term increases and declines in the price of our common shares and such fluctuations may be due to factors other than those specific to our business, such as economic news or other events generally affecting the trading markets. These fluctuations could favorably or unfavorably impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Our ownership base has been and may continue to be concentrated in a few shareholders, which could increase the volatility of our common share price over time.
We continue to maintain a long-term product procurement commitment with Arrow.
We entered into a long-term product procurement agreement with Arrow, which sets forth certain pricing and rebates, subject to certain terms and conditions. In addition, the agreement requires us to purchase a wide variety of products totaling a minimum of $330 million per year through fiscal 2012. If we do not meet the minimum purchase requirements of this product procurement agreement, other than for certain reasons that are not within our control, we will be required to pay Arrow an amount equal to 1.25% of the shortfall in annual purchases, which could materially impact our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. If this agreement is terminated, adequate alternative supply sources exist and, therefore, it would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Our largest shareholder, MAK Capital, received shareholder approval to acquire up to one-third of our common shares, which could impact corporate policy and strategy, and MAK Capital’s interests may differ from those of other shareholders.
Pursuant to the approval by shareholders of a control share acquisition proposal, MAK Capital has the right to acquire in the aggregate one-fifth or more, but less than one-third, of our outstanding common shares. What a significant shareholder might do in response to a particular decision of the Board could potentially affect the interests of the Company and the other shareholders, making this a legitimate inquiry for the Board in considering the range of possible corporate policies and strategies in the future and potentially influencing corporate policy and strategic planning.
If MAK Capital increases its ownership as permitted, and the Voting Trust Agreement it entered into with Computershare were to terminate for any reason, MAK Capital would have a level of control that would enable it to effectively block transactions requiring under Ohio law the approval of two-thirds of the outstanding common shares, such as a business combination, or majority share acquisition involving the issuance of common shares entitling the holders to exercise one-sixth or more of the voting power of the Company, each of which requires approval by two-thirds of the outstanding common shares. MAK Capital might also be able to initiate or substantially assist any such transaction. Even with the limitations on MAK Capital’s voting power imposed by the Voting Trust Agreement, it would be more difficult for the other shareholders to approve such a transaction if MAK Capital opposed it, and MAK Capital’s interests may differ from those of other shareholders.
We may be required to adopt International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The ultimate adoption of such standards could negatively impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Although not yet required, we could be required to adopt IFRS for our accounting standards, which is different from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The implementation and adoption of new standards could favorably or unfavorably impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2.  Properties.
The Company’s principal corporate offices are located in a 100,000 square foot facility in Solon, Ohio. As of March 31, 2010, the Company owned or leased a total of approximately 362,000 square feet of space for its continuing operations, which is devoted principally to sales and administrative offices. The Company’s major leases contain renewal options for periods of up to 7 years. For information concerning the Company’s rental obligations, see the discussion of contractual obligations under Item 7 contained in Part II, as well as Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Lease Commitments. The Company believes that its office facilities are well maintained, are suitable, and provide adequate space for the operations of the Company.


9


The Company’s materially important facilities as of March 31, 2010, are set forth in the table below.
   
LocationSIGNATURES
Type of facilityApproximate square footageSegmentLeased or owned
Solon, OhioWarehouse and administrative offices100,000CorporateLeased
Alpharetta, GeorgiaAdministrative offices29,500HSGLeased
Las Vegas, NevadaAdministrative offices26,700HSGLeased
Edison, New JerseyAdministrative offices21,100TSGLeased
Taylors, South CarolinaWarehouse and administrative offices77,500RSGLeased
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.
On July 11, 2006, the Company filed a lawsuit in U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Ohio against the former shareholders of CTS, a company that was purchased by Agilysys in May 2005. In the lawsuit, Agilysys alleged that principals of CTS failed to disclose pertinent information during the acquisition, representing a material breach in the representations of the acquisition purchase agreement. On January 30, 2009, a jury ruled in favor of the Company, finding the former shareholders of CTS liable for breach of contract, and awarded damages in the amount of $2.3 million. On October 30, 2009, the Company settled this case, CTS’ counterclaim, and a related suit brought against the Company by CTS’ investment banker, DecisionPoint International, for $3.9 million in satisfaction of the judgment and the Company’s previously incurred attorney’s fees. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company received payments of $1.9 million on October 28, 2009, payments of $0.3 million on each of November 6, 13, and 20, 2009, and a final payment of $1.1 million on November 25, 2009.
On September 30, 2008, the Company had a $36.2 million investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund (the “Primary Fund”). Due to liquidity issues, the Primary Fund temporarily ceased honoring redemption requests at that time. The Board of Trustees of the Primary Fund subsequently voted to liquidate the assets of the fund and approved several distributions of cash to investors. On November 25, 2009, U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an Order (the “Order”) on an application made by the SEC concerning the distribution of the remaining assets of The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund. The Order provided for a pro rata distribution of the remaining assets and enjoined certain claims against the Primary Fund and other parties named as defendants in litigation involving the Primary Fund, but provided no timeframe for distribution. As of March 31, 2010, the Company had received $35.7 million of the investment, with a remaining uncollected balance of its Primary Fund investment totaling $0.5 million. The Company is unable to estimate the timing of future distributions, if any, from The Primary Fund.


10


Item 4.  [Removed and Reserved].
Item 4A.  Executive Officers of the Registrant.
The information provided below is furnished pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) ofRegulation S-K. The following table sets forth the name, age, current position, and principal occupation and employment during the past five years through June 1, 2010, of the Company’s executive officers.
There is no relationship by blood, marriage, or adoption among the listed officers. All executive officers serve until terminated.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
   
NameAgeCurrent Position at June 1, 2010Other Positions
Martin F. Ellis  


3


Part III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers andCorporate Governance.

DIRECTORS

A biography for each of our directors and, if applicable, arrangements under which a director was appointed to the board of directors or information regarding any involvement in certain legal or administrative proceedings is provided. Additional information about the experiences, qualifications, attributes, or skills of each director in support of his service on the board of directors is also provided.

Class A Directors
(Term to Expire in 2013)
45President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since October 2008Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer from June 2005 to October 2008. Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Investor Relations from July 2003 to June 2005.
Paul
R. Andrew CuevaAge 42Director since 2008

Managing Director of MAK Capital Fund, L.P., a value-oriented hedge fund, since 2005. Portfolio manager and analyst at Green Cay Asset Management from 2002 to 2004. As Managing Director of MAK Capital, the Company’s largest shareholder, Mr. Cueva is uniquely qualified to represent the interests of the Company’s shareholders. Additionally, Mr. Cueva’s qualifications and experience include capital markets, investment strategy, and financial management.

Keith M. KolerusAge 67Director since 1998

Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company since October 2008. Retired Vice President, American Division, National Semiconductor, a producer of semiconductors and a leader in analog power management technology, from 1996 to February 1998. Mr. Kolerus served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of National Semiconductor Japan Ltd., from 1995 to 1998, and Chairman of the Board of Directors of ACI Electronics, LLC, from 2004 to 2008. Mr. Kolerus has extensive experience in engineering, global operations, private and public companies, software and hardware technology companies, government contracting, capital markets, financial management, and the technology industry. Mr. Kolerus’ prior experiences as a board chairman uniquely qualify him to lead the board of directors as its Chairman.

Robert A. Civils, Jr. LauerAge 69Director since 2001

Retired from Accenture, a consulting firm (formerly known as Andersen Consulting), in August 2000. Mr. Lauer held numerous operational positions covering regional, national, and global responsibilities during his 31-year career, most recently serving as Managing Partner Global Human Performance Services and Managing Partner Change Management Global Communications and High Tech Industries. Mr. Lauer’s career in the information technology industry provided him with extensive experience and qualifications in global business operations, corporate and organizational restructurings, management of professional services personnel, and the development, implementation and deployment of large-scale business application software solutions in numerous industry verticals.

59
Robert G. McCreary IIIAge 61Senior Vice President and General ManagerDirector since November 20082001

Founder and currently a principal of CapitalWorks, LLC, a private equity group, since 1999. Mr. McCreary has served in numerous managing partner positions in investment banking firms and as a partner in a large regional corporate law firm. Mr. McCreary has extensive experience and qualifications in law, corporate governance, financial strategy, capital markets, investment strategy and mergers and acquisitions, and governance of portfolio companies.
Class B Directors
(Term to Expire in 2014)

Vice President and General Manager, Retail Solutions from October 2003 to November 2008.
James H. DennedyAge 47Director since 2009

President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since October 2011. Interim President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2011. Principal and Chief Investment Officer with Arcadia Capital Advisors, LLC, an investment management company making active investments in public companies, from April 2008 to May 2011. President and Chief Executive Officer of Engyro Corporation, an enterprise software company offering solutions in systems management, from January 2005 to August 2007. Previously a director of Entrust, Inc., I-many, Inc., and NaviSite, Inc. As a former President of a division of a publicly-held software company and as a Chief

4


Executive Officer of a private software company, Mr. Dennedy has experience in the technology industry. In addition, Mr. Dennedy has extensive experience in investment strategy, capital structure, financial strategy, mergers and acquisitions, and significant public company leadership and board experience.

Jerry C. JonesAge 57Director since 2012

Chief Ethics and Legal Officer, Executive Vice-President of Acxiom Corporation, a marketing technology and services company, since 1999. Prior to joining Acxiom, Mr. Jones was a partner with the Rose Law Firm in Little Rock, Arkansas, where he specialized in problem solving and business litigation for 19 years, representing a broad range of business interests. Previously he was a director of Entrust, Inc. He is a 1980 graduate of the University of Arkansas School of Law and holds a bachelor's degree in public administration from the University of Arkansas. As the Chief Legal Officer of a technology company, Mr. Jones has extensive experience with legal, privacy, and security matters. He has also led the strategy and execution of mergers and alliances and international expansion efforts.

John T. DyerMutch35Vice President and Controller since November 2008Age 56Director of Internal Audit from March 2007 to November 2008. Prior to March 2007, various progressive positions in finance, accounting, internal audit, and management with The Sherwin-Williams Company.since 2009

Chief Executive Officer of BeyondTrust, a security software company, since October 2008. Founder and a Managing Partner of MV Advisors, LLC, a strategic block investment firm that provides focused investment and strategic guidance to small and mid-cap technology companies, from 2006 to 2008. Director of Steel Excel Inc., and previously Director of Edgar Online, Inc. and Aspyra, Inc. Mr. Mutch has been an operating executive and investor in the technology industry for over 25 years and has a long, sustained track record of creating shareholder value through both activities. As a Chief Executive Officer of an IT company, Mr. Mutch has extensive experience in the technology industry, restructuring, financial management and strategy, capital markets, sales management, and marketing.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following are biographies for each of our current, non-director executive officers. The biography for Mr. Dennedy, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and a director, is provided above.

Kenneth J. Kossin, Jr. 45
NameAgeCurrent PositionPrevious Positions
Robert R. Ellis39Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since October 20082011, Treasurer since January 2012, and Chief Operating Officer since October 2012.Vice President of Accounting and ControllerFinancial Operations and Principal Accounting Officer at Radiant Systems, Inc. from October 20052007 to October 20, 2008. Assistant2011. Corporate Controller and director at Radiant from April 20042003 to October 2005.2007.
Anthony MellinaKyle C. Badger5445Senior Vice President, and General Manager since November 2008Senior Vice President, Sun Technology Solutions from October 2007 to November 2008. Prior to October 2007, Chief Executive Officer for Innovative Systems Design, Inc. from July 2003.


11


NameAgeCurrent Position at June 1, 2010Other Positions
Tina Stehle53Senior Vice President and General Manager since November 2008Senior Vice President Hospitality Solutions from July 2007 to November 2008. Vice President and General Manager, Hospitality Solutions from August 2006 to July 2007. Vice President, Software Services from February 2004 to August 2006.
Curtis C. Stout39Vice President and Treasurer since November 2008Vice President, Corporate Development and Planning from April 2007 to November 2008. Director, Business Planning and Development from April 2004 to March 2007.
Kathleen A. Weigand51General Counsel and Senior Vice President — Human Resources since March 2009 and Secretary since April 2010October 2011.Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for U-Store It Trustat Richardson Electronics, Ltd. from January2007 to October 2011. Senior Counsel at Ice Miller LLP from 2006 to December 2008. Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary for Eaton Corporation2007. Partner at McDermott, Will & Emery LLP from 2003 to 2005.2006.
Larry Steinberg45Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since June 2012.
Senior Vice President, Technology for us in May 2012. Principal Development Manager, Microsoft Corporation from August 2009 to April 2012, and Principal Architect from June 2007 to July 2009. Founder and Chief Technology Officer of Engyro Corporation from March 1995 to May 2007.

Janine K. Seebeck37Vice President and Controller since November 2011.Vice President of Finance, Asia Pacific, at Premiere Global Services, Inc. from 2008 to April 2011. Vice President, Corporate Controller at Premiere from 2002 to 2008.


5

12


CORPORATE GOVERNANCE



Code of Business Conduct

The Code of Business Conduct adopted by our board of directors applies to all directors, officers, and employees of the Company and incorporates additional ethics standards applicable to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other senior financial officers of the Company, and any person performing a similar function. The Code of Business Conduct is reviewed annually by the Audit Committee, and recommendations for change are submitted to the board of directors for approval. The Code of Business Conduct is available on our website at www.agilysys.com, under Investor Relations. The Company has in place a hotline available for use by all employees, as described in the Code of Business Conduct. Any employee can anonymously report potential violations of the Code of Business Conduct through the hotline, which is managed by an independent third party. Reported violations are promptly reported to and investigated by the Company. Reported violations are addressed by the Company and, if related to accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters, the Audit Committee. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or NASDAQ listing standards concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Business Conduct.

Audit Committee

The board of directors has a standing Audit Committee. The Audit Committee held eight meetings during fiscal year 2013. The Audit Committee reviews with our independent registered public accounting firm the proposed scope of our annual audits and audit results, as well as interim reviews of quarterly reports; reviews the adequacy of internal financial controls; reviews internal audit functions; is directly responsible for the appointment, determination of compensation, retention, and general oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm; reviews related person transactions; oversees the Company’s implementation of its Code of Business Conduct; and reviews any concerns identified by either the internal or external auditors. The board of directors determined that all Audit Committee members are financially literate and independent under NASDAQ listing standards for audit committee members. The board of directors also determined that Messrs. Lauer and Mutch each qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” under SEC rules.

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors and certain of its executive officers and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of the Company’s common shares to file reports of and changes in ownership with the SEC. Based solely on the Company’s review of copies of SEC filings it has received or filed, the Company believes that each of its directors, executive officers, and beneficial owners of more than 10% of the shares satisfied the Section 16(a) filing requirements during fiscal year 2013, with one exception: on July 31, 2012, Mr. Jones was granted 8,055 shares of restricted stock following his election to the board of directors. The Form 4 to report such grant was inadvertently filed one day late on August 3, 2012.



6

part II

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of the members of the Compensation Committee during fiscal year 2013 or as of the date of this report is or has been an officer or employee of the Company, and none of our executive officers served on the compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) or board of any company that employed any member of our Compensation Committee or our directors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

During fiscal year 2013, compensation for non-employee directors consisted of the following:
$25,000 annual cash retainer for each non-employee director;
$35,000 additional cash retainer for the chairman of the board;
$7,500 additional cash retainer for the chairmen of each of the Compensation and Nominating & Corporate Governance Committees;
$10,000 additional cash retainer for the chairman of the Audit Committee;
$10,000 additional cash retainer for each member of the Audit, Nominating & Corporate Governance, and Compensation Committees, including each chairman; and
An award of restricted shares to each non-employee director valued at $70,000 on the grant date.

We also reimburse our directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attendance at board of directors and committee meetings.

The fiscal year 2013 equity award for each director, other than Mr. Jones, consisted of 9,383 restricted shares, based on a $7.46 grant date price, and was granted under the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. The restricted shares vested on March 31, 2013 and provided for pro-rata vesting upon retirement prior to March 31, 2013. The grant was made in June 2012, to the then current non-employee directors; however, Mr. Cueva declined the award given the significant ownership in the Company by his firm, MAK Capital. The award for Mr. Jones consisted of 8,055 restricted shares, based on a $8.69 grant date price, and was made in July 2012 at the time of his first election to the board. Mr. Jones’ restricted shares also vested on March 31, 2013.

Our directors are subject to share ownership guidelines that require ownership of either (i) three times the director’s respective annual cash retainer within two years of service and six times the director’s respective annual cash retainer within four years of service; or (ii) 15,000 shares within the first two years following the director’s election to the board of directors and 45,000 shares within four years of election. We pay no additional fees for board or committee meeting attendance. Mr. Dennedy ceased receiving compensation for his service as a director upon his appointment as an executive officer in July 2011, and all compensation received by Mr. Dennedy thereafter was for his service as an executive officer.

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 2013



Director
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)(1)

Stock Awards ($)(2)

Total
($)
R. Andrew Cueva50,000

50,000
Jerry Jones35,000
70,000
105,000
Keith M. Kolerus82,500
70,000
152,500
Robert A. Lauer55,000
70,000
125,000
Robert G. McCreary, III35,000
70,000
105,000
John Mutch47,500
70,000
117,500

Item 5.  (1)Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder MattersFees are paid quarterly.
(2)Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value of the restricted shares computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718. As of March 31, 2013, the aggregate number of unexercised stock options held by each non-employee director was as follows: Mr. Kolerus, 22,500; Mr. Lauer, 22,500; and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.Mr. McCreary, 22,500.


7


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Introduction

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (the “CD&A”) describes our executive compensation philosophy and programs during fiscal year 2013. Executive compensation arrangements with our Named Executive Officers are governed by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). In this CD&A, you will find detailed compensation information for our Named Executive Officers, which consist of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), and our three other most highly compensated executive officers during fiscal year 2013, as listed below:

James Dennedy, President and Chief Executive Officer
Robert Ellis, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Treasurer
Kyle Badger, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Paul Civils, Senior Vice President, General Manager, Retail Solutions Group (“RSG”)
Larry Steinberg, Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer

On July 1, 2013, the Company completed the sale of the Retail Solutions Group to Kyrus Solutions, Inc. As a result of the sale, Mr. Civils became an employee of Kyrus Solutions, Inc. and is no longer an employee of the Company.

As discussed in the CD&A contained in the Proxy Statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, in fiscal year 2012 the Company substantially reduced compensation costs for key executive positions following the sale of its Technology Services Group business unit (“TSG”) in August 2011, which resulted in a smaller, refocused Company and new leadership in key executive positions with comparatively lower compensation arrangements to reflect the smaller, refocused Company. In fiscal year 2013, the Committee continued the compensation programs put in place in fiscal year 2012 with even more emphasis on pay for financial performance for the CEO and CFO.

Compensation Highlights

Compensation Focus for Fiscal Year 2013. In response to current executive compensation trends, and after considering the results of our 2012 vote on Named Executive Officer compensation, which confirmed the Company’s philosophy and objectives relative to our executive compensation program, the Compensation Committee continued efforts to maintain reduced compensation expense and link executive pay to performance by:
Establishing minimal base salary increases;
Focusing annual incentive on significant improvements over fiscal year 2012 results; and
Structuring long-term incentives to reward increases in shareholder value.

Performance Linked Compensation.  Our Compensation Committee set fiscal year 2013 compensation, including financial and business targets for performance-based compensation, for our Named Executive Officers to continue to emphasize pay for performance by comprising the fiscal year’s total compensation opportunity of 22%, on average, of annual cash incentive based on goals focused on significant improvements over fiscal year 2012 results for revenue, gross profit and adjusted operating income.

Our CEO's targeted pay was approximately 74% performance-based, and between 50% and 60% for each of our other Named Executive Officers targeted pay was performance-based, tied directly to annual goals or long-term equity awards, the value of which is tied directly to an increase in share price. As discussed below, targeted annual goals were primarily based on improvements over fiscal year 2012 results for revenue, gross profit and adjusted operating income, and, for Mr. Civils, significant business unit improvements.

Our operating results for fiscal year 2013 significantly outperformed our plan. Total net revenue increased 13%, and adjusted operating income increased $15.6 million year over year to $7.6 million from an adjusted operating loss of $7.9 million in fiscal year 2012. As a result, annual incentive payouts ranged from 123% to 146% of target for the Named Executive Officers.

Chief Executive Officer Compensation.  Mr. Dennedy became our CEO in May 2011 with a compensation package that included a base salary that was set significantly lower, 26%, than his predecessor’s salary and an annual incentive target that was set at a significantly higher percentage, at 100% percent of salary versus 85%. His compensation remained unchanged in fiscal year 2012.

Mr. Dennedy’s compensation package for fiscal year 2013 continued to reflect the Compensation Committee’s ongoing commitment to link pay to performance and to maintain reduced compensation costs, as evidence by the following for Mr. Dennedy:

Base salary was increased by 14% over the prior year's base salary;

8


Annual incentive was set at a lower percentage, 88% of salary versus 100% in the prior year;
50% of long-term incentive award, granted as stock-settled appreciation rights, is based entirely on share price improvement, and the balance, granted as restricted stock, is tied to share price;
Annual incentive payout of 146% of targeted payout was earned based on the Company's results; and
74% of targeted compensation was variable pay, tied either to performance or share price improvement.

Chief Financial Officer Compensation.  Mr. Ellis was appointed our CFO during fiscal year 2012 and his initial compensation package was similarly set to achieve the Compensation Committee’s goals of reducing compensation cost and emphasizing by for performance with a base salary that was set 8% lower than his predecessor’s salary and an annual incentive target that was set at a higher percentage, 60% percent of salary versus 50%. In October 2012, Mr. Ellis was appointed to the additional office of Chief Operating Officer, and the Compensation Committee increased his base salary and target annual incentive to reflect his additional responsibilities.

Mr. Ellis’ compensation package for fiscal year 2013, including the compensation related to his additional role as Chief Operating Officer, continued to reflect the Compensation Committee’s ongoing commitment to link pay to performance and to maintain reduced compensation costs, as evidence by the following for Mr. Ellis:
Base salary was increased by 9% over the prior year's base salary, primarily due to his increased responsibilities as Chief Operating Officer;
Annual incentive was set at a higher percentage, 75% of salary versus 60% in the prior year after his appointment to the additional office of Chief Operating Officer;
50% of long-term incentive award, granted as stock-settled appreciation rights, is based entirely on share price improvement, and the balance, granted as restricted stock, is tied to share price;
Annual incentive payout of 146% of targeted payout was earned based on the Company's results; and
57% of targeted compensation was variable pay, tied either to performance or share price improvement

Compensation Philosophy, Objectives, and Structure

Our Compensation Committee adopted its pay philosophy, objectives, and structure for Named Executive Officers to achieve financial and business goals and create long-term shareholder value. Our Compensation Committee reaffirmed the pay philosophy, objectives, and structure for fiscal year 2013.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives.  Our Compensation Committee’s pay philosophy is to pay a base salary and provide target annual cash incentives and long-term equity incentives, each at the 50th percentile of comparative peer group compensation, and to annually review these compensation components based on peer group comparisons and tie compensation to our business strategy. The Compensation Committee’s objective is to establish an overall compensation package to:
Reward the achievement of business objectives approved by our board of directors;
Tie a significant portion of compensation to the long-term performance of our common shares;
Provide a rational, consistent, and competitive executive compensation program that is well understood by those to whom it applies; and
Attract, retain, and motivate executives who can significantly contribute to our success.

Compensation Structure.  Our compensation structure is comprised of:
Base Salary — Base salary provides fixed pay levels aimed to attract and retain executive talent. Variations in salary levels among Named Executive Officers are based on each executive’s roles and responsibilities, experience, functional expertise, relation to peer pay levels, competitive assessments, individual performance, and changes in salaries in the overall general market and for all employees of the Company. Salaries are reviewed annually by our Compensation Committee, and changes in salary are based on these factors and input from our CEO, other than for himself. None of the factors are weighted according to any specific formula. New salaries generally are based on the Compensation Committee’s discretion and judgment but may be based on any of the above-mentioned relevant factors.
Annual Incentives — Annual incentives provide cash variable pay for achievement of the Company’s financial, strategic, and operational goals and individual goals, with target incentives set as a percentage of salary, designed to reward achievement of goals with an annual cash payment. Variations in incentive components and mix among Named Executive Officers are determined by our Compensation Committee and based on each executive’s respective business unit or corporate goals and each executive’s individual goals and corporate-wide initiatives, as well as market data, length of time in current role or similar role at another company, and recommendations from our CEO, other than for himself.
Long-Term Incentives — Long-term incentives are variable, equity incentives designed to drive improvements in performance that build wealth and create long-term shareholder value by tying the value of earned incentives to the long-term performance of our common shares. Target incentives are set as a percentage of salary. Variations in awards among Named Executive Officers are determined by our Compensation Committee after a review of various factors, including

9


recommendations based on market data, individual ability to influence results, length of time in current role or similar role at another company, and recommendations from our CEO, other than for himself.

Compensation Key Considerations

Annual Goal Setting.  Annual goals for our Named Executive Officers are tied to our financial, strategic, and operational goals and include business specific financial targets relating to our goals. Each Named Executive Officer’s annual incentive goals are established by our Compensation Committee, with input from our CEO (other than for himself). At fiscal year-end, the Compensation Committee evaluates the performance of each Named Executive Officer and determines an appropriate award based on established goals, with input from our CEO (other than for himself) on individual goals. Our Compensation Committee establishes our CEO’s annual incentive goals and determines his appropriate award based on established goals.

Variable Pay at Risk.  Our philosophy drives the provision of greater at-risk pay to our Named Executive Officers, and variable pay at risk comprised approximately 74% of target annual compensation for our CEO and between 50% and 60% for other Named Executive Officers. Our Named Executive Officers have significant opportunities for long-term, equity-based incentive compensation, higher than for annual cash incentive compensation in most cases, as our philosophy is to tie a significant portion of compensation to the long-term performance of our common shares. As a result, significant emphasis is placed on long-term shareholder value creation, thereby minimizing excessive risk taking by our executives.
Competitive Market Assessments.  During fiscal year 2012, Towers Watson provided the Compensation Committee with two competitive market assessments, one in March and one in August, which updated the March assessment to adjust for expected revenues of the smaller Company after the closing of the TSG sale. The assessments evaluated compensation levels for the Company’s top eight executive positions, including the Named Executive Officers. The assessments compared published survey compensation data for both general industry and the high technology services industry to current compensation levels for the Company’s executives. Competitive compensation levels in these industries were gathered for base salary, annual incentive, total cash compensation, long-term incentive, and total direct compensation. The purpose of the assessments was to compare current market data to our current compensation, which was based on prior benchmarking performed by the Company, where compensation levels were benchmarked to separate, defined peer group companies for corporate executives and each business unit executive. Towers advised that an assessment using the general and high technology services industries data provides more representative and relevant comparisons given the size of the Company. As further detailed below, the assessments showed that all elements of the Company’s overall compensation fell between the 25th and 50th percentiles within both the general and high technology services industries. Typically, an individual position is considered to be paid at market if it is within 15% (above or below) the competitive median and the assessments showed that the Company had individuals above, within, and below that range.


10


During fiscal year 2013, the Compensation Committee believed that the Towers Watson assessments performed in fiscal year 2012, without any update, remained useful for purposes of determining Named Executive Officer compensation, and, as a result, the Compensation Committee did not request or review any additional assessments in fiscal year 2013.

Tally Sheets.  Our Compensation Committee analyzes tally sheets at the beginning of the fiscal year to review overall compensation and pay mix for each Named Executive Officer. Tally sheets include a three-year look-back of total compensation, including annual cash compensation, long-term incentive awards granted and earned, and benefits and perquisites. Tally sheets also include a cumulative inventory of equity grants by fiscal year, including the value of outstanding equity at the Company’s current stock price and the value received for prior vesting and exercises of equity. The tally sheets bring together, in one place, all elements of Named Executive Officers’ actual compensation and information about wealth accumulation so that our Compensation Committee can analyze the individual elements and mix of compensation and the aggregate total amount of annual and accumulated compensation. Tally sheets are also used by the Compensation Committee to evaluate internal pay equity among the Named Executive Officers and to determine the impact of employment termination or change of control events. In support of the philosophy of rewarding future performance, the Compensation Committee does not consider prior pay outcomes in setting future pay levels. Rather, tally sheets are used by the Compensation Committee to review compensation as compared to expectations, and our Compensation Committee determined that annual compensation set for our Named Executive Officers for fiscal year 2013 was consistent with expectations and with the established compensation philosophy and pay mix guidelines driven by that philosophy.

Fiscal Year 2013 Compensation

Salary.  For fiscal year 2013, salary comprised 27% of total target compensation for our CEO and between 40% and 50% for our other Named Executive Officers. Since all of the Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Dennedy and Mr. Civils, had been first hired by the Company during fiscal year 2012 or 2013, the Compensation Committee considered the competitive market assessments provided by Towers Watson in fiscal year 2012 in determining the initial salaries for the newly hired Named Executive Officers, as well as their previous salary levels and prior experience. The Compensation Committee further considered the competitive market assessments provided by Towers Watson in determining fiscal year 2013 salaries for all the Named Executive Officers. For purposes of the assessments, Mr. Civils was matched to survey benchmarks based upon responsibilities, and market-competitive salaries were determined by regressing the benchmark to Mr. Civil's business unit revenue responsibilities.

The survey data included values at the 25th, 50th (market median), and 75th percentiles. Based on the assessment, at the beginning of fiscal year, salaries for the Named Executive Officers ranged between 27% below and 2% above median, which was considered competitive. As such, salary increases for fiscal year 2013 were made based on individual responsibilities and performance, and increases averaged 6%, ranging from 2% to 14%.

Mr. Ellis' annual salary was increased from $285,000 to $300,000 in November 2012 following his appointment to the additional office of Chief Operating Officer based on the Compensation Committees assessment of the additional responsibilities required by his new position.

Annual Incentives. For fiscal year 2013, annual goals were set at the beginning of the fiscal year. The discussion below, which specifically relates to the table below under “Fiscal Year 2013 Payouts,” provides details regarding fiscal year 2013 annual incentive performance metrics, levels, and payouts for the Named Executive Officers. As discussed below, annual goals for Mr. Civils were changed during the fiscal year as a result of the Company's decision to sell the RSG business.

Performance Metrics. The Compensation Committee set corporate performance metrics for fiscal year 2013 annual incentives to require target level improvements over fiscal year 2012 results of 138% for adjusted operating income, 3.4% for gross profit and 8.2% for revenue. These levels were set based on the Company's overall operating plan and expected growth and operating improvements in the two business units. Target level improvements for RSG, which Mr. Civils managed, were set at 64% for adjusted operating income. Target level improvements over fiscal year 2012 results for adjusted operating income were significant because the Company had negative adjusted operating income in fiscal year 2012. Adjusted operating income is calculated as operating income excluding amortization of intangibles, stock based compensation expense and non-recurring charges. The Company believes adjusted operating income is a profitability measure and a key driver of value, focusing on sales, product mix, margins, and expense management. Adjusted operating income was selected as an annual goal component for all Named Executive Officers given the desire to balance sales and margins, as both are manageable by our Named Executive Officers, and replaced the EBITDA component used in prior fiscal years.

For the corporate Named Executive Officers, including Messrs. Dennedy, Ellis, Badger and Steinberg, adjusted operating income goals related to the consolidated Company results, and for Mr. Civils, the adjusted operating income goal related to RSG. The Compensation Committee believed that revenue and gross profit goals were less important for Mr. Civils as long as the adjusted operating income goal was achieved, and, accordingly, Mr. Civils only performance metric was achievement of targeted adjusted operating income for RSG.


11


Performance percentages for payouts (with proportionate payouts between the target and maximum achievement levels) were based on varying levels of achievement of fiscal year 2013 budgeted results, as set forth below. Additional detail about threshold and maximum incentives are disclosed in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2013 table.




Component
ThresholdMaximum

Payout
(% of target incentive)

Required Achievement of Performance Measures (%)

Payout
(% of target incentive)

Required Achievement of Performance Measures (%)
Revenue9097.7
150108.3
Gross Profit9092.6
150101.9
Adjusted Operating Income9083.3
150283.3
Adjusted Operating Income-RSG9083.3
150283.3

The Compensation Committee believed that the plan involved moderate difficulty at the threshold level, a high degree of difficulty at the 100% target level, given continuing competition and pricing pressure in the market, and significant difficulty at the maximum level, requiring significant improvement over fiscal year 2012 results, in each case relative to future expectations at the time the levels were set. Threshold levels were based on achievement necessary to successfully execute a minimum level of the operating plan.

MBO’s. In addition to objective performance metrics, management by objective goals (“MBOs”) comprised from 25% to 50% of the annual incentive of Named Executive Officers other than Messrs. Dennedy and Ellis. However, MBOs could only be earned in the event that threshold adjusted operating income targets were achieved in order to place greater weight on objective performance metrics. MBOs represent individual performance-based goals, with both quantitative and qualitative measures, relative to individual responsibilities and emphasize the importance of specific tasks and company-wide initiatives. The Compensation Committee believed that MBOs were appropriate for executives whose impact on shareholder value was less direct than the CEO and CFO. The Compensation Committee has discretion in deciding whether each MBO was achieved and in determining the level of achievement, and thus payout, for the MBO components. Achievement of MBOs results in a payout ranging from a minimum of 80% for partial achievement to 100% for maximum achievement, and Named Executive Officers are eligible for proportionate payouts between the minimum and maximum achievement levels, and there is no payout for MBOs below the minimum achievement level. Consistent with the other elements of compensation, MBOs were established at the beginning of year when the outcome for the fiscal year was substantially uncertain. Fiscal year 2013 MBO goals and payout allocations for the Name Executive Officers were as follows:


Executive
MBO% of MBOs
Kyle C. BadgerProcess improvements and efficiency gains with respect to customer contract creation
20


and review process
Review, update and implement the Company’s records retention policy20
Review and update the Company’s intellectual property strategy20
Complete new master agreements for certain major customers20
Complete new agreements for certain key vendors20
Paul A. CivilsCooperate with the RSG sale process100
Larry Steinberg
Accomplish development objectives for property management system (PMS) software




26


Remain within PMS software development budget26
Meet product development schedule for certain point of sale product improvements20
Improve in-market product quality by establishing a new product engineering process18
Implement customer advisory boards for certain products10

Weight differences between initiatives among the Named Executive Officers corresponded to importance of each initiative in respect of the overall Company operating plan.

Mr. Civils’ MBOs were changed during the fiscal year when the Company decided to implement a process to sell the RSG business. Given the significant amount of time and effort required by Mr. Civils in connection with the sale of RSG, the Compensation Committee concluded that it was in the Company’s common shares, without par value, are tradedbest interest to focus his incentives towards successful completion of the sale.

12



Annual Incentive Levels. For all Named Executive Officers, fiscal year 2013 target annual incentives were set as a percentage of salary, with the percentage correlating to the overall competitive total target compensation level for each executive. Target annual incentives were set at 88% of salary for Mister. Dennedy and 75% for Mr. Ellis, as opposed to approximately 50-75% of salary for other executives, to increase the performance-based nature of their total compensation due to their greater ability to influence corporate goals and initiatives. Annual incentives comprised 23% of total target compensation for Mr. Dennedy and 32% for Mr. Ellis, and approximately 25% for our other Named Executive Officers. As with salaries, the Compensation Committee considered the competitive market assessments provided by Towers Watson in fiscal year 2012 in evaluating current annual incentive levels and for determining fiscal year 2013 levels. Target levels were based on survey data from companies of comparable revenue and were interpolated for each executive based on calculated competitive salaries, as described above.

The survey data included values at the 25th, 50th (market median), and 75th percentiles and, on average, current target annual incentive percentages of salary were aligned with market median, and total target cash compensation (salary and annual incentive) was in the competitive range for the positions evaluated, ranging from 21% below to 16% above market median. As such, increased annual incentive opportunities for Named Executive Officers other than Messrs. Dennedy and Ellis were a factor of increased salary, as discussed above, as annual incentives as a percentage of salary approximated current levels. Mr. Dennedy's annual incentive as a percentage of salary was reduced from 100% to 88% to set his total target cash compensation in line with market median. Mr. Ellis' annual incentive as a percentage of salary was set higher than market median to heavily weight performance, given his ability to influence corporate goals and initiatives.

Mr. Ellis target annual incentive as a percentage of his salary was increased from 60% to 75% in October 2012 when he was appointed to the additional office of Chief Operating Officer based on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. Common share prices are quoted daily underCompensation Committees assessment of the symbol “AGYS.”scope and amount of additional responsibilities required by his new position and to further weight performance given his additional ability to influence corporate goals and initiatives.

Fiscal Year 2013 Payouts. The high and low market prices and dividends per share forchart below sets forth the common sharesfiscal year 2013 annual incentive opportunity for each quarter duringNamed Executive and the past two fiscal years are presentedcomponents, weightings, and actual annual incentive payouts based on the Compensation Committee’s review of the achievement of the performance measures. At the corporate level, target levels of revenue, gross profit and adjusted operating income were substantially exceeded, resulting in corresponding payouts for those components. At the business segment level, Mr. Civils exceeded the target levels of adjusted operating income. The attainment by each Named Executive Officer of their respective MBOs is reflected in the table below.

                     
  Year ended March 31, 2010 
  First quarter  Second quarter  Third quarter  Fourth quarter  Year 
 
Dividends declared per common share  $0.03   $0.03   $—   $—   $0.06 
Price range per common share  $4.16-$8.83   $3.95-$7.48   $4.50-$9.95   $8.25-$12.19   $3.95-$12.19 
Closing price on last day of period  $4.68   $6.59   $9.11   $11.17   $11.17 

13


                     
  Year ended March 31, 2009 
  First quarter  Second quarter  Third quarter  Fourth quarter  Year 
 
Dividends declared per common share  $0.03   $0.03   $0.03   $0.03   $0.12 
Price range per common share  $9.65-$12.64   $10.09-$13.34   $2.09-$9.48   $3.26-$4.93   $2.09-$13.34 
Closing price on last day of period  $11.34   $10.09   $4.29   $4.30   $4.30 
 Performance MetricsAnnual Incentive
Target Incentive as a % of salaryComponentWeightTargetActualTarget (1)
Payout (1)
James H. Dennedy – 88%Revenue: AGYS25%$216.0M$234.2M
$87,500

$131,250
 Gross Profit: AGYS40%$86.4M$89.3M
$140,000

$210,000
 AOI: AGYS35%$3.0M$6.6M
$122,500

$168,534
Total    
$350,000

$509,784
       
Robert R. Ellis – 75%Revenue: AGYS25%$216.0M$234.2M$56,250$84,375
 Gross Profit: AGYS40%$86.4M$89.3M$90,000$135,000
 AOI: AGYS35%$3.0M$6.6M$78,750$108,343
Total    $225,000$327,718
       
Kyle C. Badger– 50%Revenue: AGYS15%$216.0M$234.2M$18,750$28,125
 Gross Profit: AGYS20%$86.4M$89.3M$25,000$37,500
 AOI: AGYS15%$3.0M$6.6M$18,750$25,796
 MBO50%  $62,500$62,500
Total    $125,000$153,921
       
Paul A. Civils – 55%AOI: RSG75%$11.0M$11.0M$107,250$144,720
 MBO25%  $35,750$35,750
Total    $143,000$180,470
       
Larry Steinberg - 60%Revenue: AGYS15%$216.0M$234.2M$18,147$27,221
 Gross Profit: AGYS20%$86.4M$89.3M$24,196$36,294
 AOI: AGYS15%$3.0M$6.6M$18,147$24,967
 MBO50%  $60,490$60,490
Total    $120,980$148,972

(1)Pro-rated from hire date for Mr. Steinberg. See Grants of Plan-Based Awards table for annualized award amounts.

Long-Term Incentives.  As with the annual incentives, the Compensation Committee approved fiscal year 2013 long-term incentive (“LTI”) awards at the beginning of May 28, 2010, thereyear when the outcome for the fiscal year was substantially uncertain. LTI awards to Named Executive Officers consisted of stock-settled appreciation rights (“SSARs”) and restricted shares, both with three-year vesting schedules, pursuant to the Company's shareholder-approved 2011 Stock Incentive Plan. The Committee considered various LTI award alternatives. While annual incentives targeted specific performance goals, the focus on LTI awards was to link compensation directly to shareholder gains and to improve retention of key management during the Company's time of transition. SSARs provided the direct link between compensation and shareholder gains in a less dilutive manner than with stock options, and the three-year vesting schedule also enhances retention. Restricted shares also tie compensation to shareholder gains and highly bolster retention over the vesting period.

LTI awards comprised 50% of total target compensation for Mr. Dennedy to directly link a significant portion of his pay, when combined with his annual incentive, to performance and comprised between 25% and 35% for our other Named Executive. As with salaries and annual incentives, the Compensation Committee considered the competitive market assessments provided by Towers Watson in fiscal year 2012 in evaluating current LTI levels and for determining fiscal year 2013 LTI levels. The Compensation Committee also received input and recommendations from our CEO regarding each Named Executive Officer's relative ability to influence results in a business segment or in the corporate office. Target levels were 22,936,978 commonbased on survey data from companies of comparable revenue, as described above. The data included LTI values at the 25th, market median, and 75th percentiles, and LTI's as a percentage of base salary at those values. Other than for the CEO, current LTI values and as a percentage of salary were in the competitive range for the positions evaluated, ranging from 8% below to 15% above market median. Mr. Dennedy's LTI as a percentage of base salary was 25% lower than market, which the Compensation Committee viewed as outside the competitive range and inconsistent with our goal to heavily link Mr. Dennedy's compensation to shareholder gains. In addition, Mr. Dennedy's total target compensation, having been largely determined at the time of his prior appointment as interim CEO, was below the market median, and thus the Committee increased Mr. Dennedy's LTI as a percentage of salary to overweight his LTI but still keep his total target compensation at the market median.


14


The Compensation Committee also set Mr. Steinberg's LTI as a percentage of salary higher than the market median in order to place significant emphasis on long-term shareholder value creation given his role as Chief Technology Officer in developing the Company's next generation of products and solutions.

Based on the competitive assessments, input and recommendations, the Compensation Committee set the 2013 LTI awards for each Named Executive Officer as follows:


Name
Percent of
Salary (%)
Total LTIP Value ($)
SSARs
Granted (#)
Restricted Shares
Granted (#)
James H. Dennedy190760,000
78,350
50,938
Robert R. Ellis60171,000
17,628
11,461
Kyle C. Badger50125,000
12,886
8,378
Paul A. Civils65169,000
17,422
11,327
Larry Steinberg85191,279
17,513
11,067

All SSARs and restricted shares of the Company outstanding,vest in one-third increments on March 31, 2013, 2014 and there2015. The SSARs were 2,111 shareholders of record. However, the Company believes that there is a larger number of beneficial holders of its common shares. Thegranted at an exercise price $7.46 per share, and $8.64 for Mr. Steinberg (the closing price of the common shares on May 28, 2010, was $6.74 per share.the grant date), have a seven-year term, and are settled in common shares upon exercise.

In fiscal 2010,addition to the restricted shares granted to Mr. Steinberg as part of his annual compensation, upon his initial hiring by the Company paid cash dividendsin May 2012, Mr. Steinberg received additional grants of 55,455 shares of restricted stock as a sign-on bonus and to replace unvested equity lost by him upon leaving his prior employer. 20,000 of such shares vest in one- third increments on commonMarch 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015; 16,840 of such share vest on on the second anniversary of his date of hire; 887 of such shares vest on May 1, 2009the third anniversary of his date of hire; and August 3, 2009,17,728 of such shares vest upon the successful development and sale of our next generation property management system.

Additional Compensation – Executive Benefits.  We provide executive benefits to our Named Executive Officers including additional life and long-term disability insurance plans. From time to time, Named Executive Officers also may participate in supplier sponsored events. Executive benefits are further described in the Summary Compensation Table. We believe these benefits enhance the competitiveness of our overall executive compensation package. We have, however, limited executive benefits offered to reduce compensation costs. Additionally, welfare benefits offered to our Named Executive Officers are the same level of benefits offered to all Company employees, except that we pay for the cost of physicals to promote the health and well-being of our executives.

Employment Agreements and Change of Control

The material termination and change of control provisions of various agreements are summarized below for each Named Executive Officer and are covered in more detail in the Termination and Change of Control table and accompanying discussion.

Employment Agreements. All of the Named Executive Officers entered into an employment agreement with the Company, all with substantially the same terms except as authorizeddescribed below. Upon termination without cause, we must pay severance equal to one year's salary and target annual incentive, and continue health benefits for the severance period. If the executive's position is changed such that his or her responsibilities are substantially lessened or, for Mr. Civils, if the executive is required to relocate to a facility more than 50 miles away (a “change in position”), the executive may terminate his or her employment within 30 days of the change in position, and the termination will be deemed to be a termination without cause and the executive is entitled to his or her severance benefits. None of the Named Executive Officers is entitled to excise tax gross-up payments. In consideration of the severance benefits, each employment agreement contains a 12-month non-solicitation provision, an indefinite confidentiality provision, and a 12-month non-compete provision that is automatically triggered if termination is for cause or voluntary and may be enforced by the BoardCompany if termination is without cause or for a change in position. Our Compensation Committee believes that the terms of Directors. On August 5, 2009,these employment agreements enhance our ability to retain our executives and contain severance costs by providing reasonable severance benefits competitive with market practice. Severance costs are contained by limiting pay to one year, limiting personal benefits, not providing accelerated vesting for awards under the agreements, and narrowly defining a voluntary termination that triggers severance benefits. Additionally, the Company announced that its Board of Directors voted to eliminate future dividend payments due to the evolution of the Company’s business model and the weak operating performance that resulted in the Company not maintaining its fixed charge coverage ratio under the new credit facility the Company executed in May 2009, as discussed in Item 7 of this Annual Report titled,Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —Liquidity and Capital Resources and in Note 8 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Financing Arrangements. The elimination of the dividend preserves approximately $2.7 million in cash for the Company on an annualized basis and further improves financial flexibility.
In fiscal 2009, the Company paid cash dividends on common shares quarterly, as authorized by the Board of Directors. Dividends were paid in May, August, November, and February of the fiscal year.
The Company maintains a Dividend Reinvestment Plan whereby cash dividends, if any, and additional monthly cash investments up to a maximum of $5,000 per month may be invested in the Company’s common shares at no commission cost.
No repurchases of common shares were made by or on behalf of the Company during fiscal 2010.


13


Shareholder Return Performance Presentation
The following chart compares the value of $100 invested in the Company’s common shares, including reinvestment of dividends, with a similar investment in the Russell 2000 Index (the “Russell 2000”) and with the companies listed in the SIC Code 5045-Computer and Computer Peripheral Equipment and Software (the Company’s “Peer Group”) for the period March 31, 2005 through March 31, 2010:
Comparison of Cumulative Five Year Total Return
                         
Indexed returns 
     Fiscal years ending 
Company Name / Index Base period March 2005  March 2006  March 2007  March 2008  March 2009  March 2010 
 
Agilysys, Inc.  $100.00  $77.16  $116.25  $60.42  $22.87  $60.09 
Russell 2000 $100.00  $125.85  $133.28  $115.95  $72.47  $118.87 
Peer Group $100.00  $112.25  $116.63  $94.85  $64.69  $104.35 


14


Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.
The following selected consolidated financial and operating data was derivedbenefits greatly from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Companynon-competition, non-disclosure, and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, and Item 7 contained in Part II of this Annual Report.
                     
  For the year ended March 31 
(In thousands, except per share data) 2010  2009  2008  2007  2006 
 
Operating results (a)(b)(c)(d)
                    
Net sales $640,431  $730,720  $760,168  $453,740  $463,375 
Restructuring charges (credits)  823   40,801   (75)  (2,531)  5,337 
Asset impairment charges  293   231,856          
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net
of taxes
 $3,576  $(282,187) $1,858  $(9,927) $(20,541)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations,
net of taxes
  (29)  (1,947)  1,801   242,782   48,655 
Net income (loss) $3,547  $(284,134) $3,659  $232,855  $28,114 
Per share data (a)(b)(c)(d)
                    
Basic                    
Income (loss) from continuing operations $0.16  $(12.49) $0.07  $(0.32) $(0.69)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations  (0.00)  (0.09)  0.06   7.91   1.63 
Net income (loss) $0.16  $(12.58) $0.13  $7.59  $0.94 
Diluted                    
Income (loss) from continuing operations $0.15  $(12.49) $0.07  $(0.32) $(0.69)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations  (0.00)  (0.09)  0.06   7.91   1.63 
Net income (loss) $0.15  $(12.58) $0.13  $7.59  $0.94 
Cash dividends declared per common share $0.06  $0.12  $0.12  $0.12  $0.12 
Weighted-average shares outstanding                    
Basic  22,626,586   22,586,603   28,252,137   30,683,766   29,935,200 
Diluted  23,087,741   22,586,603   28,766,112   30,683,766   29,935,200 
Financial position
                    
Total assets $330,371  $374,436  $695,871  $893,716  $763,513 
Long-term obligations (e) $384  $157  $255  $3  $99 
Total shareholders’ equity $198,924  $192,717  $479,465  $626,844  $385,176 
(a)In fiscal 2008, the Company acquired Stack Computer (“Stack”), InfoGenesis, Inc. (“InfoGenesis”), Innovative Systems Design, Inc. (“Innovative”), and Eatec Corporation (“Eatec”). In fiscal 2009, the Company acquired Triangle Hospitality Solutions Limited (“Triangle”). Accordingly, the results of operations for these acquisitions are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. See Note 2 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Acquisitions, for additional information.
(b)In fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, discontinued operations primarily represents TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations and the resolution of certain contingencies. The Company sold the stock of TSG’s China operations and certain assets of TSG’s Hong Kong operations in January 2009. In fiscal 2007


15


and 2006, discontinued operations primarily represents TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations and KSG, which was sold in fiscal 2007. See Note 3 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Discontinued Operations, for additional information regarding the Company’s TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations and the sale of KSG’s assets and operations.
(c)In fiscal 2007, the Company included the operating results of Visual One Systems Corporation (“Visual One”), a company that was acquired in January 2007, in the results of operations from the date of acquisition. In fiscal 2006, the Company included the results of operations of CTS from its date of acquisition.
(d)In fiscal 2008, an impairment charge of $4.9 million was recognized on the Company’s equity investment in Magirus AG (“Magirus”). In fiscal 2007, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $5.9 million ($5.1 million after taxes) on its equity method investment in Magirus. See Note 6 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Investment in Magirus — Sold in November 2008, for further information regarding this investment.
(e)The Company’s long-term obligations consist of the non-current portion of capital lease obligations.
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
In “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”), management explains the general financial condition and results of operations for Agilysys, Inc. and its subsidiaries including:
— what factors affect the Company’s business;
— what the Company’s earnings and costs were;
— why those earnings and costs were different from the year before;
— where the earnings came from;
— how the Company’s financial condition was affected; and
— where the cash will come from to fund future operations.
The MD&A analyzes changes in specific line items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and provides information that management believes is important to assessing and understanding the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes that appear in Item 15 of this Annual Report titled, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Information provided in the MD&A may include forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Many factors could cause actual results to be materially different from thosenon-solicitation clauses contained in the forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Information” belowemployment agreements. Except for Messrs. Dennedy and Item 1A “Risk Factors”Badger, the employment agreements do not contain a change of control provision. For each of Messrs. Dennedy and Badger, if there is a change of control within two years after April 1, 2012, and October 31, 2011, respectively,(the dates of their employment agreements), and within the same two-year period his employment with the Company or its successor is terminated without cause, then he will be paid severance equal to two years of each of his base salary and target annual incentive. This change in Part Icontrol benefit enhances our ability to maintain a shareholder focused approach to change of this Annual Reportcontrol situations and provides these executives reasonable support following both a change of control and termination (commonly called a “double trigger” requirement). The Compensation Committee

15


believes these payments are reasonable, particularly in light of the double trigger requirement, and consistent with market practice for additional information concerning these items. Managementsuch positions.

Accelerated Vesting.None of the employment agreements discussed above provide for accelerated vesting of equity. Under our 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, the only plan for which any of the Named Executive Officers have unvested equity, vesting is accelerated upon the actual occurrence of a change in control for all stock options, SSARs, and restricted shares (including performance shares). The Compensation Committee believes that this information, discussion, and disclosureduring a change of control situation, a stable business environment is important in making decisions about investing in the Company.shareholders’ best interests, and accelerated vesting provisions provide stability. The accelerated vesting provisions are applicable to all employees who receive equity awards, not just executive management.

OverviewAdditional Compensation Policies

Agilysys, Inc. isClawback – Recoupment of Bonuses, Incentives, and Gains. Under the Company’s “clawback” policy, if the board of directors determines that our financial statements are restated due directly or indirectly to fraud, ethical misconduct, intentional misconduct, or a leading providerbreach of innovative information technology (“IT”) solutionsfiduciary duty by one or more executive officers or vice presidents, then the board of directors will have the sole discretion to corporatecancel any stock-based awards granted and public-sector customers, with special expertise in select markets, including retail and hospitality. The Company develops technology solutions — including hardware, software, and services — to help customers resolve their most complicated data center andpoint-of-sale needs. The Company possesses data center expertise in enterprise architecture and high availability, infrastructure optimization, storage and resource management, and business continuity. Agilysys’point-of-sale solutions include proprietary property management, inventory and procurement,point-of-sale and document management software, proprietary services, expertise in mobility and wireless solutions for retailers, and resold hardware, software, and services. A significanttake such action, as permitted by law, as it deems necessary to recover all or a portion of any bonus or incentive compensation paid and recoup any gains realized in respect of equity-based awards, provided recoveries cannot extend back more than three years. Additionally, under Section 304 of thepoint-of-sale related revenues Sarbanes-Oxley Act, if we are from software support and hardware maintenance agreements, which are recurring in nature.
Headquartered in Solon, Ohio effective October 2008, Agilysys operates extensively throughout North America,required to restate our financial statements due to material noncompliance with additional sales offices in the United Kingdom and Asia. Agilysys has three reportable business segments: Hospitality Solutions (“HSG”), Retail Solutions (“RSG”), and Technology Solutions (“TSG”). See Note 13 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Business Segments, which is included in Item 15, for additional discussion.
The Company recently completed a strategic planning process, with the primary objective to create shareholder value by exploiting growth opportunities and strengthening its competitive position in the solutions and markets that it competes. The plan builds on the Company’s existing strengths and targets growth driven by new technology trends and market opportunities. The Company’s strategic plan specifically focuses on:
• Growing sales of its proprietary offerings, both software and services.The Company developed a corporate-wide initiative to increase the proprietary content in its overall revenue stream. Each reportable business segment is executing a plan to increase its proprietary software, services, and solution sets based on existing competitive advantages and market opportunities.


16


• Diversifying its customer base across geographies and industries.Agilysys technologies are suited to serve a very large, worldwide marketplace. Opportunities exist to selectively pursue international growth and domestic growth beyond the Company’s traditionally strong customer set. North American sales accounted for 99% of fiscal 2010 revenue.
• Capitalizing on the Company’s intellectual property and emerging technology trends.Agilysys has significant intellectual property in the form of proprietary software, solution sets created using third party technologies with its interface and integration offerings, and a highly technical workforce. In HSG, the new property management software, Guest360tm, will be ready for general release in fiscal 2011. This software will create sales opportunities beyond HSG’s traditional commercial gaming and destination resort hotels in North America. RSG has long been a leader in developing mobile and wireless solutions for retailers. The proliferation of mobility solutions makes RSG uniquely positioned to assist retailers with the transition of their store front technologies to a mobile and wireless centric environment. In TSG, the Company is differentiated from pure fulfillment resellers by its highly technical workforce that continues to create leading data center solutions that reduce customer costs and improve data center performance.
• Leveraging the Company’s investment in Oracle ERP software to further improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs.The Company implemented a new Oracle ERP system for North American operations on April 1, 2010, replacing a legacy distribution IT system that required significant manual processes to meet its regulatory, management, and customer reporting requirements. As new business processes solidify, opportunities to further improve operating efficiencies, working capital management, and customer service will be realized.
Fiscal 2009 was a transitional year for the Company, as the Company’s headquarters were relocated back to Ohio and new leaders stepped into the Company’s executive officer roles. In fiscal 2010 and 2009, the Company experienced a slowdown in salesany financial reporting requirements as a result of misconduct, our CEO and CFO must reimburse us for any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation received during the softening12 months following the first public issuance of the IT market in North America, with net sales decreasing 12.4%year-over-year. Gross margin as a percentage of sales decreased 160 basis pointsyear-over-year to 25.2% at March 31, 2010 versus 26.8% at March 31, 2009, primarily due to lower selling marginsnon-complying document, and lower vendor rebates as a result of the lower sales volumes during fiscal 2010. The Company recognized a higher proportion of lower margin hardware revenues during fiscal 2010 versus proprietary software and service revenues, for which margins were higher.
In July 2008, the Company decided to exit TSG’s China and Hong Kong businesses. In January 2009, the Company sold the stock of TSG’s China operations and certain assets of TSG’s Hong Kong operations, receiving proceeds of $1.4 million. HSG continues to operate in Hong Kong and China. As disclosed in previous filings, the Company sold KSG in March 2007 and now operates solely as an IT solutions provider. For financial reporting purposes, the current and prior period operating results of TSG’s Hong Kong and China businesses and KSG have been classified within discontinued operations for all periods presented. Accordingly, the discussion and analysis presented below, including the comparison to prior periods, reflects the continuing business of Agilysys.


17


Results of Operations
Fiscal 2010 Compared with Fiscal 2009
Net Sales and Operating Loss
The following table presents the Company’s consolidated revenues and operating results for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
             
  Year ended March 31 (Decrease) increase
(Dollars in thousands) 2010 2009 $ %
Net sales            
Product $520,747 $553,312 $(32,565)  (5.9)%
Service  119,684  177,408  (57,724)  (32.5)%
Total  640,431  730,720  (90,289)  (12.4)%
Cost of goods sold            
Product  429,218  462,248  (33,030)  (7.1)%
Service  49,686  72,379  (22,693)  (31.4)%
Total  478,904  534,627  (55,723)  (10.4)%
Gross margin  161,527  196,093  (34,566)  (17.6)%
Gross margin percentage
  25.2%  26.8%      
Operating expenses            
Selling, general, and administrative expenses  167,248  198,867  (31,619)  (15.9)%
Asset impairment charges  293  231,856  (231,563)  nm
Restructuring charges  823  40,801  (39,978)  nm
Operating loss $(6,837) $(275,431) $268,594  nm
Operating loss percentage
  (1.1)%  (37.7)%      
nm — not meaningful.


18


The following table presents the Company’s revenues and operating results by business segment for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
             
  Fiscal year ended March 31 (Decrease) increase
(Dollars in thousands) 2010 2009 $ %
Hospitality (HSG)
            
Total sales from external customers $83,136 $99,636 $(16,500)  (16.6)%
Gross margin $51,463 $58,004 $(6,541)  (11.3)%
   61.9%  58.2%      
Operating income (loss) $8,690 $(114,053) $122,743  107.6%
Retail (RSG)
            
Total sales from external customers $110,818 $122,159 $(11,341)  (9.3)%
Gross margin $23,326 $27,748 $(4,422)  (15.9)%
   21.0%  22.7%      
Operating income (loss) $6,662 $(16,963) $23,625  139.3%
Technology (TSG)
            
Total sales from external customers $446,477 $508,925 $(62,448)  (12.3)%
Gross margin $87,501 $108,489 $(20,988)  (19.3)%
   19.6%  21.3%      
Operating income (loss) $10,951 $(88,177) $99,128  112.4%
Total reportable business segments
            
Total sales from external customers $640,431 $730,720 $(90,289)  (12.4)%
Gross margin $162,290 $194,241 $(31,951)  (16.4)%
   25.3%  26.6%      
Operating income (loss) $26,303 $(219,193) $245,496  112.0%
Corporate/Other
            
Gross margin $(763) $1,852 $(2,615)  (141.2)%
Operating loss $(33,140) $(56,238) $23,098  41.1%
Total Company
            
Total sales from external customers $640,431 $730,720 $(90,289)  (12.4)%
Gross margin $161,527 $196,093 $(34,566)  (17.6)%
   25.2%  26.8%      
Operating income (loss) $(6,837) $(275,431) $268,594  nm
nm — not meaningful
Net sales.  The $90.3 million decrease in net sales during fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 was primarily driven by declines in both hardware and service revenues due to lower volumes across all IT solutions offerings. Hardware, software, and service revenues decreased $24.2 million, $8.4 million, and $57.7 million, respectively, attributable to a general reduction in customers’ IT spending due to weak macroeconomic conditions, which affected all three reportable business segments.


19


HSG’s sales were $16.5 million lower in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 due to soft demand in the destination resort and commercial gaming markets. HSG’s software and service revenues decreased 31.8% and 16.9%, respectively. The decline in HSG’s software and service revenues was partially offset by a 2.9% increase in hardware revenues. RSG’s sales decreased $11.3 million in fiscal 2010 compared to the prior year due to decreases of 4.1%, 2.7%, and 17.7% in hardware, software, and service revenues, respectively. TSG’s sales fell $62.5 millionyear-over-year primarily driven by a decrease of 56.6% in service revenues due to soft demand for high-end proprietary services. TSG’s hardware and software revenues also decreased 5.6% and 3.1%, respectively. During fiscal 2010, both RSG and TSG were impacted by customers’ reluctance to add IT infrastructure projects with pay-back periods longer than 12 months.
Gross margin.  The Company’s total gross margin percentage declined to 25.2% for fiscal 2010 from 26.8% for fiscal 2009. The decrease in the total gross margin percentageyear-over-year was primarily due to a lower service margin, which declined to 58.5% in fiscal 2010 from 59.2% in fiscal 2009, driven by lower volumes of proprietary and remarketed services. Product gross margin increased to 17.6% in fiscal 2010 from 16.5% in fiscal 2009, which reflected a favorable mix of products and customers in the current year compared to the prior year.
HSG’s gross margin increased 350 basis points due to lower intangible asset amortization expense, which decreased 51.5% in the current year compared to the prior year, as certain developed technology associated with the InfoGenesis acquisition was fully amortized as of December 31, 2008. In addition, HSG’s gross margin was unfavorably impacted in fiscal 2009 due to miscellaneous adjustments to costs of goods sold. RSG’s gross margin percentage decreased 170 basis points in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. TSG’s gross margin percentage decreased 170 basis points in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. RSG and TSG recognized a higher proportion of lower margin hardware revenues during fiscal 2010 versus proprietary service revenues, for which margins were higher.
Operating expenses.  The Company’s operating expenses consist of selling, general, and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses, asset impairment charges, and restructuring charges (credits). SG&A expenses decreased $31.6 million attributable to decreases of $6.9 million, $3.1 million, and $12.1 million, in HSG, RSG, and TSG, respectively, as well as a reduction in Corporate/Other SG&A expenses of $9.5 million. The reduction in HSG’s operating expenses is primarily a result of decreases in payroll-related expenses of $3.7 million, bad debt expenses of $0.9 million, travel and entertainment expenses of $0.8 million, and other expenses of $1.1 million. The lower compensation costs in HSG were primarily a result of the capitalization of costs in connection with the development of the Guest 360tm software. RSG’s SG&A expense reduction was primarily related to a decrease in salaries and wages expenses of $1.4 million, bad debt expenses of $1.3 million, and travel and entertainment expenses of $0.3 million. TSG’s SG&A expenses were lower primarily due to decreases of $1.9 million in payroll-related expenses and $9.9 million in intangible asset amortization expenses. Customer and supplier relationship intangible assets associated with the Innovative acquisition were fully amortized as of June 30, 2009. The lower Corporate/Other SG&A expenses primarily resulted from decreases of $1.2 million in payroll-related expenses, $0.7 million in travel and entertainment expenses, $5.4 million in professional fees, and $2.2 million in other expenses, as the Companyany profits realized cost savings from the restructuring actions and other expense reduction initiatives taken in fiscal years 2010 and 2009. The reduction in professional fees in fiscal 2010 includes the application of $1.6 million of the total $3.9 million in proceeds received from the settlement of the litigation with the former CTS shareholders as reimbursement for reasonable attorney fees paid by the Company, combined with other cost containment initiatives. Payroll-related expenses in fiscal 2009 included a $3.5 million benefit from the reversal of share-based compensation expense related to stock options due to a change in the estimated forfeiture rate and the reversal of stock compensation expense related to restricted and performance shares as a result of restructuring actions taken.
During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $0.3 million, primarily related to capitalized software property and equipment that management determined was no longer being used to operate the business. The asset impairment charges recorded by the Company in fiscal 2009 consist of goodwill impairment charges of $229.5 million, not including goodwill impairment of $16.8 million and $3.8 million in finite-lived intangible asset impairment charges classified within restructuring charges, and an indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charge of $2.4 million. The goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges are discussed further in Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Restructuring Charges (Credits)and in Note 5 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Goodwill and Intangible Assets.
The Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.8 million and $40.8 million during fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively. The fiscal 2010 restructuring charges primarily consist of settlement costs related to the payment of obligations under a nonqualified defined benefit pension plan for certain of its executive officers (the “SERP”) to two former executives who were part of the restructuring actions taken in fiscal 2009. The fiscal 2009 restructuring charges consist of $23.5 million recorded during the first two quarters of fiscal 2009 related to the professional services restructuring actions, $13.4 million recorded during the third quarter of fiscal 2009 related to the third quarter management restructuring actions and relocation of the Company’s headquarters from Boca Raton, Florida to Solon, Ohio, and $3.9 million recorded during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 related to both the third and the fourth quarter management restructuring


20


actions. The Company’s restructuring actions are discussed further in theRestructuring Charges(Credits) subsection of this MD&A and in Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Restructuring Charges (Credits).
Other (Income) Expenses
             
  Year ended March 31 Favorable (unfavorable)
(Dollars in thousands) 2010 2009 $ %
Other (income) expenses            
Other (income) expenses, net $(6,194) $7,180 $13,374  186.3%
Interest income  (13)  (524)  (511)  (97.5)%
Interest expense  970  1,196  226  18.9%
Total other (income) expenses, net $(5,237) $7,852 $13,089  166.7%
Other (income) expenses, net.  In fiscal 2010, the $6.2 million in other income primarily included $2.3 million of the total $3.9 million in proceeds received from the settlement of the CTS litigation, which represented the jury’s damages award, $2.5 million of the total $4.8 million in proceeds received as a distribution from The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund, and $0.8 million in gains incurred related to corporate-owned life insurance policies, which are held to satisfy the Company’s obligations under the SERP and other employee benefit plans. In fiscal 2009, the $7.2 million in other expenses primarily included $4.6 million in losses incurred related to corporate-owned life insurance policies and $3.0 million inother-than-temporary impairment charges recorded for the Company’s investment in The Primary Fund. These amounts are discussed further in the subsection of this MD&A below titled,Investments, in Note 1 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,and in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Commitments and Contingencies.
Interest income.  The $0.5 million unfavorable change in interest income was due to management’s decision in mid-fiscal 2009 to change to a more conservative investment strategy.
Interest expense.  Interest expense consists of costs associated with the Company’s current and former credit facilities, the former inventory financing arrangement, the amortization of deferred financing fees, loans on corporate-owned life insurance policies, and capital leases. Interest expense decreased $0.2 million in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. In January 2009, the Company terminated its then-existing credit facility and wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees for the previous credit facility of $0.4 million during the third quarter. The Company did not execute its current credit facility until May 2009 and therefore, incurred less amortization expense in fiscal 2010.
Income Taxes
The following table compares the Company’s income tax benefits and effective tax rates for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
             
  Year ended March 31 Favorable (unfavorable)
(Dollars in thousands) 2010 2009 $ %
Income tax benefit $(5,176) $(1,096) $4,080  nm
Effective tax rate  (323.5)%  (0.4)%      
nm — not meaningful
The Company recorded an effective tax rate from continuing operations of 323.5% in fiscal 2010 compared with a benefit from continuing operations at an effective rate of 0.4% in fiscal 2009. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2010 was higher than the statutory rate primarily due to a decrease in the valuation allowance for federal and state deferred assets and certain foreign refund claims. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 was lower than the statutory rate primarily due to the impairment of nondeductible goodwill and an increase in the valuation allowance for federal and state deferred tax assets.


21


Fiscal 2009 Compared with Fiscal 2008
Net Sales and Operating Loss
The following table presents the Company’s consolidated revenues and operating results for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008:
             
  Year ended March 31 (Decrease) increase
(Dollars in thousands) 2009 2008 $ %
Net sales            
Product $553,312 $577,433 $(24,121)  (4.2)%
Service  177,408  182,735  (5,327)  (2.9)%
Total  730,720  760,168  (29,448)  (3.9)%
Cost of goods sold            
Product  462,248  482,020  (19,772)  (4.1)%
Service  72,379  102,156  (29,777)  (29.1)%
Total  534,627  584,176  (49,549)  (8.5)%
Gross margin  196,093  175,992  20,101  11.4%
Gross margin percentage
  26.8%  23.2%      
Operating expenses            
Selling, general, and administrative expenses  198,867  193,191  5,676  2.9%
Asset impairment charges  231,856    231,856  nm
Restructuring charges (credits)  40,801  (75)  40,876  nm
Operating loss $(275,431) $(17,124) $(258,307)  nm
Operating loss percentage
  (37.7)%  (2.3)%      
nm — not meaningful.


22


The following table presents the Company’s revenues and operating results by business segment for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008:
              
  Fiscal year ended March 31 Increase (decrease)
(Dollars in thousands) 2009  2008 $ %
Hospitality (HSG)
             
Total sales from external customers $99,636  $84,823 $14,813  17.5%
Gross margin $58,004  $44,643 $13,361  29.9%
   58.2%   52.6%      
Operating (loss) income $(114,053) $4,274 $(118,327)  nm
Retail (RSG)
             
Total sales from external customers $122,159  $129,730 $(7,571)  (5.8)%
Gross margin $27,748  $24,764 $2,984  12.0%
   22.7%   19.1%      
Operating (loss) income $(16,963) $6,246 $(23,209)  nm
Technology (TSG)
             
Total sales from external customers $508,925  $545,615 $(36,690)  (6.7)%
Gross margin $108,489  $105,166 $3,323  3.2%
   21.3%   19.3%      
Operating (loss) income $(88,177) $19,123 $(107,300)  nm
Total reportable business segments
             
Total sales from external customers $730,720  $760,168 $(29,448)  (3.9)%
Gross margin $194,241  $174,573 $19,668  11.3%
   26.6%   23.0%      
Operating (loss) income $(219,193) $29,643 $(248,836)  nm
Corporate/Other
             
Gross margin $1,852  $1,419 $433  30.5%
Operating loss $(56,238) $(46,767) $(9,471)  (20.3)%
Total Company
             
Total sales from external customers $730,720  $760,168 $(29,448)  (3.9)%
Gross margin $196,093  $175,992 $20,101  11.4%
   26.8%   23.2%      
Operating loss $(275,431) $(17,124) $(258,307)  nm
nm — not meaningful
Net sales.  The $29.4 million decrease in net sales was driven by a decline in hardware revenues resulting from lower volumes. These lower volumes were attributable to a general decrease in IT spending as a result of weakening macroeconomic conditions, which particularly affected TSG. Hardware, software, and service revenues decreased $17.7 million, $6.4 million, and $5.3 million, respectively,year-over-year.


23


TSG’s sales decreased $36.7 million primarily due to lower hardware sales volumes. RSG’s sales decreased $7.6 million primarily due to a large single customer sale in fiscal 2008 that did not repeat in fiscal 2009. HSG’s sales increased $14.8 million driven by the incremental sales attributable to the InfoGenesis and Eatec acquisitions, which contributed $12.5 million and $4.6 million, respectively.
Gross margin.  The $20.1 million increase in gross margin was driven by a favorable product mix and vendor rebates. Product gross margin remained flat at 16.5% in both fiscal 2009 and 2008, reflecting lower volumes of hardware sales combined with a higher proportion of proprietary software sales, which carry lower costs for the Company, and a change in customer mix. Service gross margin increased to 59.2% in fiscal 2009 compared to 44.1% in fiscal 2008, reflecting the change in the TSG service model as a result of the fiscal 2009 restructuring actions. These restructuring actions are discussed further in theRestructuring Charges (Credits) subsection of this MD&A and in Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Restructuring Charges (Credits).
TSG’s gross margin increased $3.3 million driven by the Innovative acquisition, which incrementally contributed $17.6 million. RSG’s gross margin increased $3.0 million, which is attributable to a favorable mix of service revenues. HSG’s gross margin increased $13.4 million primarily due to the InfoGenesis and Eatec acquisitions, which contributed $12.1 million and $3.3 million, respectively.
Operating expenses.  The Company’s operating expenses consist of SG&A expenses, asset impairment charges, and restructuring charges (credits). SG&A expenses increased $5.7 million attributable to increases of $9.2 million, $1.3 million, and $2.6 million in HSG, RSG, and TSG, respectively, partially offset by a reduction in Corporate/Other SG&A expenses of $7.4 million. The increase in HSG’s operating expenses is primarily a result of the acquisitions of InfoGenesis, Eatec, and Triangle which contributed $2.4 million, $3.7 million, and $1.5 million in incremental expenses, respectively, with the remainder of the increase due to salaries and wages expenses for the segment’s organic business. The increase in RSG’s SG&A expenses is primarily related to an increase in salaries and wages expenses of $1.9 million. The increase in TSG’s operating expenses is primarily due to incremental expenses incurred with respect to Innovative, which was acquired in the second quarter of fiscal 2008. The reduction in Corporate/Other operating expenses is a direct result of the restructuring actions taken in 2009. From March 31, 2008 to March 31, 2009, the Company reduced its total workforce by approximately nine percent. In addition, the Company suspended wage increases for fiscal 2010.
The Company’s asset impairment charges consist of goodwill impairment charges of $229.5 million, not including goodwill impairment of $16.8 million and $3.8 million in finite-lived intangible asset impairment charges classified within restructuring charges, as well as, an indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charge of $2.4 million. The goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges are discussed further in Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Restructuring Charges (Credits)and in Note 5 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Goodwill and Intangible Assets.
The Company recorded restructuring charges of $40.8 million during 2009. The restructuring charges consist of $23.5 million recorded during the first two quarters of fiscal 2009 related to the professional services restructuring actions, $13.4 million recorded during the third quarter of fiscal 2009 related to the third quarter management restructuring actions and relocation of the Company’s headquarters from Boca Raton, Florida to Solon, Ohio, and $3.9 million recorded during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 related to both the third and the fourth quarter management restructuring actions. The restructuring credits in fiscal 2008 resulted from an adjustment to previously accrued severance amounts and a write-off of certain leasehold improvements, net of adjustments related to actual and accruedsub-lease income and common area costs. The Company’s restructuring actions in fiscal 2009 and 2008 are discussed further in theRestructuring Charges(Credits) subsection of this MD&A and in Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Restructuring Charges (Credits).
Other Expenses (Income)
                
  Year ended March 31  (Unfavorable) favorable
(Dollars in thousands) 2009  2008  $  %
Other expenses (income)               
Other expenses (income), net $7,180  $(5,846) $(13,026)  (222.8)%
Interest income  (524)  (13,101)  (12,577)  (96.0)%
Interest expense  1,196   887   (309)  (34.8)%
Total other expenses (income), net $7,852  $(18,060) $(25,912)  (143.5)%
Other expenses (income), net.  In fiscal 2009, the $7.2 million in other expenses primarily included $4.6 million in losses incurred related to corporate-owned life insurance policies and $3.0 million in impairment charges recorded for the Company’s investment in The Primary Fund. These amounts are discussed further in the subsection of this MD&A below titled,Investments, in Note 1 to Consolidated


24


Financial Statements titled,Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,and in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Commitments and Contingencies. In fiscal 2008, the $5.8 million in other income primarily included a $15.1 million gain on the sale of the Magirus investment, which was partially offset by the Company’s share of Magirus’ annual operating losses of $6.2 million and an impairment charge of $4.9 million recorded to write down the Company’s equity method investment in Magirus to fair value. Other income in fiscal 2008 also included $0.7 million in losses related to corporate-owned life insurance policies and a $1.4 million gain the Company recognized on the redemption of an investment in an affiliated company.
Interest income.  The $12.6 million unfavorable change in interest income was due to lower average cash and cash equivalent balances in fiscal 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The higher cash and cash equivalent balance in fiscal 2008 was driven by the sale of KSG for $485.0 million on March 31, 2007. However, the Company’s cash and cash equivalent balance declined during fiscal 2008 and 2009, as the Company used the cash to acquire businesses and purchase its common shares for treasury.
Interest expense.  Interest expense increased $0.3 million in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008 due to a non-cash charge for unamortized deferred financing fees recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2009 as a result of terminating the Company’s former revolving credit facility.
Income Taxes
The following table compares the Company’s income tax benefit and effective tax rates for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008:
                
  Year ended march 31  Favorable (unfavorable)
(Dollars in thousands) 2009  2008  $  %
Income tax benefit $(1,096) $(922) $174   18.9%
Effective tax rate  (0.4)%  (98.5)%       
The Company recorded an income tax benefit from continuing operations at an effective tax rate of 0.4% in fiscal 2009 compared with an income tax benefit at an effective rate of 98.5% in fiscal 2008. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 is lower than the statutory rate primarily due to the impairment of nondeductible goodwill and an increase in the valuation allowance for federal and state deferred tax assets. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2008 was lower than the statutory rate principally due to the reversal of the valuation allowance associated with Magirus, the settlement of an IRS audit, and other changes in liabilities related to state taxes that were partially offset by higher meals and entertainment expenses incurred in marketing the Company’s products.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company has not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources.


25


Contractual Obligations
The following table provides aggregate information regarding the Company’s contractual obligations as of March 31, 2010.
                     
  Payments due by fiscal year 
     Less than
  1 to 3
  3 to 5
  More than
 
(Dollars in thousands) Total  1 year  Years  Years  5 years 
 
Capital leases (1) $751  $350  $401  $  $ 
Operating leases (2)  24,061   5,768   8,791   6,007   3,495 
SERP liability (3)  8,412   2,504   2,555      3,353 
Other employee benefit obligations (4)  454   35         419 
Purchase obligations (5)  660,000   330,000   330,000       
Restructuring liabilities (6)  1,938   1,206   474   189   69 
Unrecognized tax positions (7)  4,456             
Total contractual obligations $700,072  $339,863  $342.221(8) $6,196(8) $7,336(8)
(1)The total includes $56,000 in interest costs. Additional information regarding the Company’s capital lease obligations is contained in Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Lease Commitments.
(2)Lease obligations are presented net of contractually bindingsub-lease arrangements. Additional information regarding the Company’s operating lease obligations is contained in Note 7 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Lease Commitments.
(3)On April 1, 2000, the Company implemented a nonqualified defined benefit pension plan for certain of its executive officers, including its current CEO (the “SERP”). The SERP provides retirement benefits for the participants. The projected benefit obligation recognized by the Company for this plan was $8.4 million at March 31, 2010. With the exception of the Company’s current CEO, the remaining participants separated from employment prior to fiscal 2010. Therefore, the timing of the payments due has been determined based on the actual retirement date selected by the former executive, or, for the current CEO and others who were not eligible for retirement at the time of their separation, based on the normal retirement date as defined by the plan. See Note 9 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Additional Balance Sheet Informationand Note 11 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Employee Benefit Plans, for additional information regarding the SERP.
(4)Other employee benefit obligations consist of an additional service credit under the SERP, certain tax obligations related to the SERP, and deferred compensation liabilities related to agreements for life insurance benefits with certain former executives of the Company. Tax obligations under the SERP will be paid in fiscal 2011 in conjunction with the related SERP benefits. The Company entered into agreements with a former executive, providing him one additional year of service for purposes of calculating benefits under the SERP. Since this agreement was executed outside the SERP, the Company recorded the benefit obligation attributable to the additional service awarded under the agreement as a separate liability. The projected benefit liability recognized by the Company was approximately $0.1 million at March 31, 2010. The former executive separated from employment prior to fiscal 2010. Therefore, the timing of the payment due has been determined based on the normal retirement date as defined by the SERP. The Company has agreements with certain former executives that provide the executive with a life insurance benefit. The Company recognized a liability of approximately $0.3 million, which represents the present value of the future benefits as of March 31, 2010.
(5)In connection with the sale of KSG, the Company entered into a product procurement agreement (“PPA”) with Arrow. Under the PPA, the Company is required to purchase a minimum of $330 million of products each year through the fiscal year ending March 31, 2012, adjusted for product availability and other factors. If the Company does not meet the minimum purchase requirements under the PPA, the Company will be required to pay Arrow an amount equal to 1.25% of the shortfall in purchases.
(6)The Company recorded restructuring liabilities primarily related to the restructuring actions taken in 2009. See the section to the MD&A titled,Restructuring Charges (Credits), and Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Restructuring Charges (Credits), for additional information regarding these restructuring liabilities.
(7)The Company recorded a liability for unrecognized income tax positions at March 31, 2010. Unrecognized tax positions are defined as the aggregate tax effect of differences between positions taken on tax returns and the benefits recognized in the financial statements. Tax positions are measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. No tax benefits are recognized for positions that do not meet this threshold. See Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Income Taxes, for further information regarding unrecognized tax positions. The timing of potential cash outflows related to these unrecognized tax positions is not reasonably determinable and therefore, is not scheduled.
(8)The amount of total contractual obligations with maturities greater than one year is not reasonably determinable, as discussed in note (7) above.
The Company anticipates that cash on hand, funds from continuing operations, and access to capital markets will provide adequate funds to finance capital spending and working capital needs and to service its obligations and other commitments arising during the foreseeable future.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
The Company’s operating cash requirements consist primarily of working capital needs, operating expenses, capital expenditures, and payments of principal and interest on indebtedness outstanding, which primarily consists of lease and rental obligations at March 31, 2010.


26


The Company believes that cash flow from operating activities, cash on hand, availability under the credit facility as discussed below, and access to capital markets will provide adequate funds to meet its short-and long-term liquidity requirements. Additional information regarding the Company’s financing arrangements is provided in Note 8 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Financing Arrangements.
As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company’s total debt was approximately $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, comprised of capital lease obligations in both periods.
Revolving Credit Facility
The Company executed a Loan and Security Agreement dated May 5, 2009 (the “Credit Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A., as agent for the lenders from time to time party thereto (“Lenders”). The Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by the Company’s assets (as defined in the Credit Facility). This Credit Facility replaces the Company’s previous credit facility, which was terminated on January 20, 2009. The Company also maintained an unsecured inventory financing agreement (the “Floor Plan Financing Facility”) with International Business Machines. This Floor Plan Financing Facility was terminated on May 4, 2009, and the Company has funded working capital through open accounts payable provided by its trade vendors.
The Credit Facility provides $50 million of credit (which may be increased to $75 million by a $25 million “accordion provision”) for borrowings and letters of credit and will mature May 5, 2012. The Credit Facility establishes a borrowing base for availability of loans predicated on the level of the Company’s accounts receivable meeting banking industry criteria. The aggregate unpaid principal amount of all borrowings, to the extent not previously repaid, is repayable at maturity. Borrowings also are repayable at such other earlier times as may be required under or permitted by the terms of the Credit Facility. LIBOR Loans bear interest at LIBOR for the applicable interest period plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.0% to 3.5%. Base rate loans (as defined in the Credit Facility) bear interest at the Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% to 2.5%. Interest is payable on the first of each month in arrears. There is no premium or penalty for prepayment of borrowings under the Credit Facility.
The Credit Facility contains normal mandatory repayment provisions, representations, and warranties and covenants for a secured credit facility of this type. The Credit Facility also contains customary events of default upon the occurrence of which, among other remedies, the Lenders may terminate their commitments and accelerate the maturity of indebtedness and other obligations under the Credit Facility.
The Company’s Credit Facility also contains a loan covenant that restricts total capital expenditures from exceeding $10.0 million in any fiscal year. During the third quarter of fiscal 2010, management determined that in the fourth quarter, the Company would exceed the $10.0 million covenant limit for fiscal 2010 due to capitalized labor related to the development of the company’s new proprietary property management system software, Guest 360tm, as well as the acceleration of the time line related to the internal implementation of the new Oracle ERP system. On January 20, 2010, the company obtained a waiver from the Lender increasing the covenant restriction from $10.0 million to $15.0 million for fiscal 2010. The loan covenant restricting total capital expenditures will revert to the $10.0 million limit for the remaining fiscal years under the Credit Facility’s term.
As of March 31, 2010, the Company had no amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility and $44.1 million was available for future borrowings. However, at March 31, 2010, the Company would have been and still would be limited to borrowing no more than $29.1 million under the Credit Facility in order to maintain compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the Credit Facility. The Company has no intention to borrow amounts under the Credit Facility in the near term.


27


Cash Flow
                 
  Year ended March 31  Increase (decrease)  Year ended March 31 
(Dollars in thousands) 2010  2009  $  2008 
 
Net Cash provided by (used for) continuing operations:                
Operating activities $103,924  $(80,407) $184,331  $(159,240)
Investing activities  2,270   (11,111)  13,381   (240,958)
Financing activities  (77,524)  56,822   (134,346)  (137,391)
Effect of foreign currency fluctuations on cash  695   911   (216)  1,314 
Cash flows provided by (used for) continuing operations  29,365   (33,785)  63,150   (536,275)
Net operating and investing cash flows (used for) provided by discontinued operations  (74)  94   (168)  1,995 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents $29,291  $(33,691) $62,982  $(534,280)
Cash flow provided by (used for) operating activities.  The $103.9 million in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2010 was comprised of $3.6 million in income from continuing operations, $20.0 million in non-cash adjustments to income from continuing operations, and $80.3 million in changes to operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash adjustments to income from continuing operations represented $16.3 million in depreciation and amortization expenses, $2.4 million in share-based compensation expense, and $6.6 million in deferred tax expense, partially offset by $2.5 million in gains on the redemption of the investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund and $2.8 million in other non-cash adjustments. The changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $49.5 million reduction in accounts receivable, a $12.8 reduction in inventories, and a $41.9 million increase in accounts payable, partially offset by a $15.2 million reduction in accrued liabilities, and a $9.0 million reduction in income taxes payable. The decrease in accounts receivable was driven by a lower sales volume and a significant improvement in days’ sales outstanding from 88 days at March 31, 2009 to 69 days at March 31, 2010. The increase in accounts payable reflected the termination and payment of the Company’s inventory financing agreement that was previously used to finance inventory purchases in May 2009 and that was recorded as a financing activity. Going forward, the Company intends to finance inventory purchases through accounts payable without a separate financing facility. The reduction in accrued liabilities was mainly a result of payments made in fiscal 2010 against amounts accrued with respect to restructuring actions taken in fiscal 2009, including $12.0 million in cash paid to settle employee benefit plan obligations.
The $80.4 million in cash used for operating activities in fiscal 2009 included funds used for the $35.0 million payment of the Innovative earn-out that reduced accrued liabilities and a decrease in accounts payable of $74.5 million due to the establishment of the Floor Plan Financing Facility in February 2008, which was recorded as a financing activity. Cash used was partially offset by a $14.9 million reduction in accounts receivable and other changes in operating assets and liabilities. The $159.2 million in cash used for operating activities in fiscal 2008 was mainly comprised of $138.7 million in income taxes paid, including $123.4 million in federal income taxes paid that were primarily related to the gain on the sale of KSG. The remaining $20.5 million was used for other changes in operating assets and liabilities.
Cash flow provided by (used for) investing activities.  In fiscal 2010, the $2.3 million in cash provided by investing activities represented $4.8 million in proceeds received as a distribution of the Company’s investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund and $12.5 million in proceeds from borrowings against corporate-owned life insurance policies, partially offset by $1.7 million in additional investments in corporate-owned life insurance policies and $13.3 million for the purchase of property, plant, and equipment. The Company used the proceeds from amounts borrowed against corporate-owned life insurance policies to settle employee benefit plan obligations during fiscal 2010. The $13.3 million in capital expenditures in fiscal 2010 primarily consisted of amounts capitalized with respect to the Company’s development of its new property management software, Guest360tm, and implementation of the Oracle ERP software.
The fiscal 2009 investing activities principally reflect $5.2 million that was reclassified from cash equivalents to long-term investments for the Company’s remaining claim on The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund, $2.4 million in cash paid for the acquisition of Triangle, $7.1 million in cash used for the purchase of property, plant, and equipment, and $6.0 million in cash invested in corporate-owned life insurance policies. The Company maintains these investments in a Rabbi Trust and intends to use them to satisfy employee benefit plan obligations. The cash used for investing activities was partially offset by $9.5 million in proceeds received from the sale of our securities during those 12 months.

Stock Ownership Guidelines.  To underscore the Magirus investment.importance of strong alignment between the interests of management and shareholders, the board of directors approved stock ownership guidelines for directors and executives, with our CEO having the highest ownership requirement. Director and executive compensation is designed to provide a significant opportunity to tie individual rewards to long-term Company performance. The $241.0 millionobjective of our stock ownership guidelines is to support this overall philosophy of alignment and to send a positive message to our shareholders, customers, suppliers, and employees of our commitment to shareholder value. Each director and executive officer is expected to maintain minimum share ownership of either: (i) a multiple of base salary or director annual retainer listed below, or (ii) the number of shares listed below:
 




Title 
Multiple of Director 
Annual  Retainer and
Executive Base Salary
Number of Shares
2 Years4 Years2 Years4 Years
Director3x6x15,00045,000
CEO2.5x5x125,000250,000
Senior Vice President0.5x2x15,00075,000
LTIP Participants0.5x2,50015,000

Stock ownership that is included toward attainment of the guidelines includes (i) shares held of record or beneficially owned, either directly or indirectly; (ii) shares acquired upon exercise of stock options or SSARs; (iii) vested restricted or deferred shares; (iv) phantom or deferred share units held in cash used for investing activities in fiscal 2008 primarily consisted of $236.2 million in cash (net of cash


28


acquired) thata deferred compensation plan; and (v) shares or deferred shares acquired by dividend reinvestment. Directors and executives are expected to attain the Company paid for the acquisitions of Eatec, Innovative, InfoGenesis,specified target ownership levels within both two and Stack and $8.8 million in cash paid for the purchase of property, plant, and equipment, partially offset by $4.8 million in cash proceeds receivedfour years from the redemptionlater of the effective date of this policy or becoming a director or an executive, and remain at or above that level until retirement. Annually, the board of directors reviews progress toward achieving these ownership levels. Director and executives who have not attained the specified ownership guidelines will be required to hold 75% of shares acquired upon exercise of stock options and SSARs or vesting of performance or restricted shares until they meet their target ownership level. If ownership guidelines are not met within two and four years, our Compensation Committee has the right to pay an executive’s annual incentives in shares until ownership guidelines are achieved.

Impact of Tax and Accounting Considerations.  In general, the Compensation Committee considers the various tax and accounting implications of the pay mechanisms used to provide pay to our Named Executive Officers, including the accounting cost basis investment in an affiliated company.
Cash flow (used for) provided by financing activities.  The $77.5 million in cash usedassociated with long-term incentive grants, when determining compensation. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally prohibits any publicly held corporation from taking a federal income tax deduction for financing activities in fiscal 2010 primarily represented $74.5 million in payments on the Company’s previous inventory financing agreement, $1.6 million paid for debt financing costs relatedpay to the Company’s current Credit Facility, and $1.4 million in dividends paid. The $56.8 million in cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2009 was principally driven by the $59.6 million in proceeds related to the Company’s inventory financing agreement, partially offset by $2.7 million in dividends paid. The $137.4 million in cash used for financing activities in fiscal 2008 was primarily attributable to the $150.0 million repurchase of the Company’s common shares and $3.4 million in dividends paid, partially offset by $14.6 million in proceeds related to the inventory financing agreement and $1.4 million in proceeds from stock options exercised.
Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates & Assumptions
MD&A is based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make significant estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company regularly evaluates its estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, investments, intangible assets, income taxes, restructuring and contingencies, litigation, and supplier incentives. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
The Company’s most significant accounting policies relate to the sale, purchase, and promotion of its products. The policies discussed below are considered by management to be critical to an understanding of the Company’s consolidated financial statements because their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, with financial reporting results relying on estimation about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. No significant adjustments to the Company’s accounting policies were made in fiscal 2010. Specific risks for these critical accounting policies are described in the following paragraphs.
For all of these policies, management cautions that future events rarely develop exactly as forecasted,chief executive officer and the best estimates routinely require adjustment.
Revenue recognition.  The Company derives revenue from three primary sources: server, storage and point of sale hardware, software, and services. Revenue is recorded inother highest compensated executive officers (other than the period in which the goods are delivered, or services are rendered and when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the sales price to the customer is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company reduces revenue for estimated discounts, sales incentives, estimated customer returns, and other allowances. Discounts are offered based on the volume of products and services purchased by customers. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are recognized as revenue and the related costs are recognized in cost of goods sold. Revenues are presented net of any applicable taxes collected and remitted to governmental agencies.
Revenue for hardware sales is recognized when the product is shipped to the customer and when obligations that affect the customer’s final acceptance of the arrangement have been fulfilled. A majority of the Company’s hardware sales involves shipment directly from its suppliers to the end-user customers. In such transactions, the Company is responsible for negotiating price both with the supplier and the customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms and product returns with the customer, and bears credit risk if the customer does not pay for the goods. As the principal contact with the customer, the Company recognizes revenue and cost of goods sold when it is notified by the supplier that the product has been shipped. In certain limited instances, as shipping terms dictate, revenue is recognized upon receipt at the point of destination.
The Company offers proprietary software as well as remarketed software for sale to its customers. A majority of the Company’s software sales do not require significant production, modification, or customization at the time of shipment (physically or electronically) to the customer. Substantially all of the Company’s software license arrangements do not include acceptance provisions. As such, revenue from both proprietary and remarketed software sales is recognized when the software has been shipped. For software delivered electronically, delivery is considered to have occurred when the customer either takes possession of the software via downloading or has been provided with the requisite codes that allow for immediate access to the software based on the U.S. Eastern time zone time stamp.
The Company also offers proprietary and third-party services to its customers. Proprietary services generally include: consulting, installation, integration, training, and maintenance. Revenue relating to maintenance services is recognized evenly over the coverage period of the underlying agreement. Many of the Company’s software arrangements include consulting services sold separately under consulting engagement contracts. When the arrangements qualify as service transactions, consulting revenues from these arrangements are accounted for separately from the software revenues. The significant factors considered in determining whether the revenues should


29


be accounted for separately include the nature of the services (i.e., consideration of whether the services are essential to the functionality of the software), degree of risk, availability of services from other vendors, timing of payments, and the impact of milestones or other customer acceptance criteria on revenue realization. If there is significant uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for consulting services, the revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is resolved.
For certain long-term proprietary service contracts with fixed or “not to exceed” fee arrangements, the Company estimates proportional performance using the hours incurred as a percentage of total estimated hours to complete the project consistent with thepercentage-of-completion method of accounting. Accordingly, revenue for these contracts is recognized based on the proportion of the work performed on the contract. If there is no sufficient basis to measure progress toward completion, the revenues are recognized when final customer acceptance is received. Adjustments to contract price and estimated service hours are made periodically, and losses expected to be incurred on contracts in progress are charged to operations in the period such losses are determined. The aggregate of billings on uncompleted contractschief financial officer) in excess of related costs$1 million in any taxable year. Exceptions are made for certain qualified performance-based pay. It is shown asthe Compensation Committee’s objective to maximize the effectiveness of our executive pay plans in this regard. The pay instruments used, including salaries, annual incentives, and equity, are tax deductible to the extent that they are performance-based or less than $1 million for such Named Executive Officer in a current asset.given year.
If an arrangement does not qualify for separate accounting

16



COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of the software and consulting services, then the software revenues are recognized togetherRegulation S-K with the consulting services usingCompany’s management. Based on that review and discussion, thepercentage-of-completion or completed contract method of accounting. Contract accounting is applied to arrangements that include: milestones or customer-specific acceptance criteria that may affect the collection of revenues, significant modification or customization of the software, or provisions that tie the payment for the software Compensation Committee recommended to the performanceboard of consulting services.
In addition to proprietary services,directors that the Company offers third-party service contracts to its customers. In such instances, the supplier is the primary obligor in the transactionCompensation Discussion and the Company bears credit risk in the event of nonpayment by the customer. Since the Company is acting as an agent or broker with respect to such sales transactions, the Company reports revenue only in the amount of the “commission” (equal to the selling price less the cost of sale) received rather than reporting revenue in the full amount of the selling price with separate reporting of the cost of sale.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. These allowances are based on both recent trends of certain customers estimated toAnalysis be a greater credit risk, as well as historical trends of the entire customer pool. If the financial condition ofincluded the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. To mitigate this credit risk the Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers.
Inventories.  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, net of related reserves. The cost of inventory is computed using a weighted-average method. The Company’s inventory is monitored to ensure appropriate valuation. Adjustments of inventories to lower of cost or market, if necessary, are based upon contractual provisions governing turnover and assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If assumptions about future demand changeand/or actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional adjustments to inventory valuations may be required. The Company provides a reserve for obsolescence, which is calculated based2013 Annual Report on several factors including an analysis of historical sales of products and the age of the inventory. Actual amounts could be different from those estimated.
Income Taxes.  Income tax expense includes U.S. and foreign income taxes and is based on reported income before income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the effect of temporary differences between assets and liabilities that are recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts that are recognized for income tax purposes. The carrying value of the Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Company’s ability to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions. Should the Company determine that it is not able to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets is expensed in the period such determination is made to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company presently records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. While the Company has considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance, in the event that the Company were to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of its net recorded amount (including valuation allowance), an adjustment to the tax valuation allowance would decrease tax expense in the period such determination was made.
The Company records a liability for “unrecognized tax positions,” defined as the aggregate tax effect of differences between positions taken on tax returns and the benefits recognized in the financial statements. Tax positions are measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. No tax benefits are recognized for positions that do not meet this threshold. On April 1, 2007, the Company recorded an additional liability of approximately $2.9 million for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the beginning balance of retained earnings in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ EquityForm 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008. 2013 and the Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

The Company’s income taxes are described further in Note 10 to Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Income Taxes.


30


Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets.  Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the fair valueCompensation Committee of the net assetsBoard of acquired companies. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing at least annually. Goodwill is also subject to testing as necessary, if changes in circumstances or the occurrence of certain events indicate potential impairment. In assessing the recoverability of the Company’s goodwill, identified intangibles, and other long-lived assets, significant assumptions regarding the estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets must be made, as well as the related estimated useful lives. The fair value of goodwill and long-lived assets is estimated using a discounted cash flow valuation model and observed earnings and revenue trading multiples of identified peer companies. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future as a result of changes in strategy or market conditions, the Company may be required to record impairment charges for these assets in the period such determination was made.Directors
Restructuring Charges.  The Company recognizes restructuring charges when a plan that materially changes the scope of the Company’s business, or the manner in which that business is conducted, is adopted and communicated to the impacted parties, and the expenses have been incurred or are reasonably estimable. The Company’s restructuring reserves principally include estimates related to employee separation costs and the consolidation and impairment of facilities that will no longer be used in continuing operations. Actual amounts could be different from those estimated. Determination of the asset impairments is discussed above inGoodwill and Long-Lived Assets. Facility reserves are calculated using a present value of future minimum lease payments, offset by an estimate for future sublease income provided by external brokers. Present value is calculated using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate with a maturity equivalent to the lease term.R. Andrew Cueva, Chairman
Valuation of Accounts Payable.  The Company’s accounts payable has been reduced by amounts claimed by vendors for amounts related to incentive programs. Amounts related to incentive programs are recorded as adjustments to cost of goods sold or operating expenses, depending on the nature of the program. There is a time delay between the submission of a claim by the Company and confirmation of the claim by our vendors. Historically, the Company’s estimated claims have approximated amounts agreed to by vendors.Keith M. Kolerus
Supplier Programs.  The Company receives funds from suppliers for product sales incentives and marketing and training programs, which are generally recorded, net of direct costs, as adjustments to cost of goods sold or operating expenses according to the nature of the program. The product sales incentives are generally based on a particular quarter’s sales activity and are primarily formula-based. Some of these programs may extend over one or more quarterly reporting periods. The Company accrues supplier sales incentives and other supplier incentives as earned based on sales of qualifying products or as services are provided in accordance with the terms of the related program. Actual supplier sales incentives may vary based on volume or other sales achievement levels, which could result in an increase or reduction in the estimated amounts previously accrued, and can, at times, result in significant earnings fluctuations on a quarterly basis.Robert A. Lauer
Share-Based Compensation.  The Company has a stock incentive plan under which it may grant non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock-settled stock appreciation rights, time-vested restricted shares, restricted share units, performance-vested restricted shares, and performance shares. Shares issued pursuant to awards under this plan may be made out of treasury or authorized but unissued shares. The Company also has an employee stock purchase plan.John Mutch
The Company records compensation expense related to stock options, stock-settled stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, and performance shares granted to certain employees and non-employee directors based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. The fair value of restricted share and performance share awards is based on the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the grant date. The fair value of stock option and stock-settled appreciation right awards is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Sholes-Merton option pricing model, which includes assumptions regarding the risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, life of the award, and the volatility of the Company’s common shares. Additional information regarding the assumptions used to value share-based compensation awards is provided in Note 16 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements titled,Share-Based Compensation.

Recently Issued Accounting PronouncementsRELATIONSHIP WITH COMPENSATION COMMITTEE CONSULTANT
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverable elements, which is effective for the Company on April 1, 2011 for new revenue arrangements or material modifications to existing arrangements. The guidance amends the criteria for separating consideration in arrangements with multiple deliverable elements. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable based on: 1) vendor-specific objective evidence; 2) third-party evidence; or 3) estimates. This guidance also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. In addition, this guidance significantly expands the required disclosures related to revenue arrangements with multiple deliverable elements. Entities may elect to adopt the guidance through either prospective application for revenue arrangements entered into, or materially modified, after the effective date, or through retrospective application to all revenue arrangements for all


31


periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures.
In October 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on revenue arrangements that include software elements, which is effective for the Company on April 1, 2011. The guidance changes revenue recognition for tangible products containing software elements and non-software elements as follows: 1) the tangible product element is always excluded from the software revenue recognition guidance even when sold together with the software element; 2) the software element of the tangible product element is also excluded from the software revenue guidance when the software and non-software elements function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality; and 3) undelivered elements in a revenue arrangement related to the non-software element are also excluded from the software revenue recognition guidance. Entities must select the same transition method and same period for the adoption of both this guidance and the guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverable elements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures.
Management continually evaluates the potential impact, if any, of all recent accounting pronouncements on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures and, if significant, makes the appropriate disclosures required by such new accounting pronouncements.
Business Combinations
Fiscal 2009 Acquisition
Triangle Hospitality Solutions Limited
On April 9, 2008, the Company acquired all of the shares of Triangle Hospitality Solutions Limited (“Triangle”), the UK-based reseller and specialist for the Company’s InfoGenesis products and services for $2.7 million, comprised of $2.4 million in cash and $0.3 million of assumed liabilities. Accordingly, the results of operations for Triangle have been included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. Triangle enhanced the Company’s international presence and growth strategy in the UK, as well as solidified the Company’s leading position in the hospitality, stadium, and arena markets without increasing InfoGenesis’ ultimate customer base. Triangle also added to the Company’s hospitality solutions suite with the ability to offer customers the Triangle mPOS solution, which is a handheldpoint-of-sale solution which seamlessly integrates with InfoGenesis products. Based on management’s preliminary allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired (accounts receivable, inventory, and accounts payable), approximately $2.7 million was originally assigned to goodwill. Due to purchase price adjustments to increase goodwill by $0.4 million during the third quarter of fiscal 2009 and to decrease goodwill by $0.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, as well as the impact of favorable foreign currency fluctuations of $0.2 million, the goodwill attributed to the Triangle acquisition is $2.9 million at March 31, 2010. Goodwill that resulted from the Triangle acquisition will be deductible for income tax purposes.
Fiscal 2008 Acquisitions
Eatec
On February 19, 2008, the Company acquired all of the shares of Eatec Corporation (“Eatec”), a privately held developer and marketer of inventory and procurement software. Accordingly, the results of operations for Eatec have been included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. Eatec’s software, EatecNetX (now called Eatec Solutions by Agilysys), is a recognized leading, open architecture-based, inventory and procurement management system. The software provides customers with the data and information necessary to enable them to increase sales, reduce product costs, improve back-office productivity, and increase profitability. Eatec customers include well-known restaurants, hotels, stadiums, and entertainment venues in North America and around the world, as well as many public service institutions. The acquisition further enhances the Company’s position as a leading inventory and procurement solution provider to the hospitality and foodservice markets. Eatec was acquired for a total cost of $23.5 million, net of cash acquired of $1.5 million. Based on management’s allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired, approximately $18.3 million was assigned to goodwill.
During fiscal year 2012, the second quarter ofCompensation Committee retained Towers Watson as compensation consultant for executive compensation matters. All fees paid to Towers Watson in fiscal 2009, management completed its purchase price allocation and assigned $6.2 million of the acquisition cost to identifiable intangible assets as follows: $1.4 million to non-compete agreements, which will be amortized between two and seven years; $2.2 million to customer relationships, which will be amortized over seven years; $1.8 million to developed technology, which will be amortized over five years; and $0.8 million to trade names, which have an indefinite life.year 2012 were for executive compensation consultation. The Compensation Committee did not retain a compensation consultant for fiscal year 2013.
During the first, second and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009, goodwill impairment charges were taken relating to the Eatec acquisition in the amounts of $1.3 million, $14.4 million, and $3.4 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, $1.7 million remains on the Company’s balance sheet in goodwill relating to the Eatec acquisition.


32


Innovative Systems Design, Inc.
On July 2, 2007, the Company acquired all of the shares of Innovative Systems Design, Inc. (“Innovative”), the largest U.S. commercial reseller of Sun Microsystems servers and storage products. Accordingly, the results of operations for Innovative have been included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. Innovative is an integrator and solution provider of servers, enterprise storage management products, and professional services. The acquisition of Innovative established a new and significant relationship between Sun Microsystems (now owned by Oracle) and the Company. Innovative was acquired for an initial cost of $100.1 million, net of cash acquired of $8.5 million. Additionally, the Company was required to pay an earn-out of two dollars for every dollar of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, or EBITDA, greater than $50.0 million in cumulative EBITDA over the first two years after consummation of the acquisition. The earn-out was limited to a maximum payout of $90.0 million. As a result of existing and anticipated EBITDA, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recognized $35.0 million of the $90.0 million maximum earn-out, which was paid in April 2008. In addition, due to certain changes in the sourcing of materials, the Company amended its agreement with the Innovative shareholders whereby the maximum payout available to the Innovative shareholders was limited to $58.65 million, inclusive of the $35.0 million paid. The EBITDA target required for the shareholders to be eligible for an additional payout was $67.5 million in cumulative EBITDA over the first two years after the close of the acquisition. The earn-out expired during fiscal 2010 and no additional payout was accrued or made.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, management completed its purchase price allocation and assigned $29.7 million of the acquisition cost to identifiable intangible assets as follows: $4.8 million to non-compete agreements, $5.5 million to customer relationships, and $19.4 million to supplier relationships which will be amortized over useful lives ranging from two to five years.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Based on management’s allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired, approximately $97.8 million was assigned to goodwill. Goodwill resulting from the Innovative acquisition will be deductible for income tax purposes. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, a goodwill impairment charge was taken relating to the Innovative acquisition for $74.5 million. As of March 31, 2010, $23.3 million remains on the Company’s balance sheet as goodwill relating to the Innovative acquisition.
Summary Compensation Table
InfoGenesis
On June 18, 2007, the Company acquired all of the shares of IG Management Company, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, InfoGenesis and InfoGenesis Asia Limited (collectively, “InfoGenesis”), an independent software vendor and solution provider to the hospitality market. Accordingly, the results of operations for InfoGenesis have been included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. InfoGenesis offers enterprise-classpoint-of-sale solutions that provide end users a highly intuitive, secure, and easy way to process customer transactions across multiple departments or locations, including comprehensive corporate and store reporting. InfoGenesis has a significant presence in casinos, hotels and resorts, cruise lines, stadiums, and foodservice. The acquisition provides the Company a complementary offering that extends its reach into new segments of the hospitality market, broadens its customer base, and increases its software application offerings. InfoGenesis was acquired for a total acquisition cost of $88.8 million, net of cash acquired of $1.8 million.
InfoGenesis had intangible assets with a net book value of $15.9 million as of the acquisition date, which were included in the acquired net assets to determine goodwill. Intangible assets were assigned values as follows: $3.0 million to developed technology, which will be amortized between six months and three years; $4.5 million to customer relationships, which will be amortized between two and seven years; and $8.4 million to trade names, which have an indefinite life. Based on management’s allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired, approximately $71.8 million was assigned to goodwill. Goodwill resulting from the InfoGenesis acquisition will not be deductible for income tax purposes. During the first, second, and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009, goodwill impairment charges were taken relating to the InfoGenesis acquisition in the amounts of $3.9 million, $57.4 million, and $3.8 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, $6.7 million remains on the Company’s balance sheet as goodwill relating to the InfoGenesis acquisition.


33


Pro Forma Disclosure of Financial Information
The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited consolidated results of operations as if the InfoGenesis and Innovative acquisitions occurred on April 1:
             
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
Net sales $640,431  $730,720  $841,101 
Income (loss) from continuing operations $3,576  $(282,187) $7,068 
Net income (loss) $3,547  $(284,134) $8,908 
Earnings (loss) per share — basic income from continuing operations $0.16  $(12.49) $0.25 
Earnings (loss) per share — basic net income $0.16  $(12.58) $0.32 
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted income from continuing operations $0.15  $(12.49) $0.25 
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted net income $0.15  $(12.58) $0.31 
Stack Computer, Inc.
On April 2, 2007, the Company acquired all of the shares of Stack Computer, Inc. (“Stack”). Stack’s customers include leading corporations in the financial services, healthcare,related notes provide information regarding fiscal year 2013 compensation for our Named Executive Officers, including our CEO and manufacturing industries. Accordingly, the results of operations for Stack have been included in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. Stack also operates a highly sophisticated solution center, which is used to emulate customer IT environments, train staff, and evaluate technology. The acquisition of Stack strategically provides the Company with product solutions and services offerings that significantly enhance its existing storage and professional services business. Stack was acquired for a total acquisition cost of $23.8 million, net of cash acquired of $1.4 million.
Management made an adjustment of $0.8 million to the fair value of acquired capital equipment and assigned $11.7 million of the acquisition cost to identifiable intangible assets as follows: $1.5 million to non-compete agreements, which will be amortized over five years using the straight-line amortization method; $1.3 million to customer relationships, which will be amortized over five years using an accelerated amortization method; and $8.9 million to supplier relationships, which will be amortized over ten years using an accelerated amortization method.
Based on management’s allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired, approximately $13.3 million was assigned to goodwill. Goodwill resulting from the Stack acquisition is deductible for income tax purposes. During the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009, goodwill impairment charges were taken relating to the Stack acquisition in the amounts of $7.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, $3.4 million remains on the Company’s balance sheet as goodwill relating to the Stack acquisition.
Discontinued Operations
TSG’s China and Hong Kong Operations
In July 2008, the Company decided to discontinue its TSG operations in China and Hong Kong. As a result, the Company classified TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations asheld-for-sale and discontinued operations, and began exploring divestiture opportunities for these operations. Agilysys acquired TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations in December 2005. During January 2009, the Company sold the stock related to TSG’s China operations and certain assets of TSG’s Hong Kong operations, receiving proceeds of $1.4 million, which resulted in a pre-tax loss on the sale of discontinued operations of $0.8 million. The remaining unsold assets and liabilities related to TSG’s Hong Kong operations, which primarily consisted of amounts associated with service and maintenance agreements, were substantially settled as of March 31, 2010. The assets and liabilities of these operations are classified as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets,CFO and the operations are reported as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operationsother three most highly compensated executive officers whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 for the periods presented.
Restructuring Charges (Credits)
First and Second Quarters Fiscal 2009 Professional Services Restructuring.  During the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009, the Company performed a detailed review of the business to identify opportunities to improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs. As part of this cost reduction effort, management reorganized the professional servicesgo-to-market strategy by consolidating its management and delivery groups, resulting in a workforce reduction that was mainly comprised of service personnel. The Company will continue to offer


34


specific proprietary professional services, including identity management, security, and storage virtualization; however, it will increase the use of external business partners. A total of $23.5 million in restructuring charges were recorded during fiscal 2009 ($23.1 million and $0.4 million in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009, respectively) for these actions. The costs related to one-time termination benefits associated with the workforce reduction ($2.5 million and $0.4 million in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009, respectively), and goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges ($20.6 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2009), which related to the Company’s fiscal 2005 acquisition of CTS. Payment of these one-time termination benefits was substantially complete in fiscal 2009. The entire $23.5 million restructuring charge relates to the TSG reportable business segment.
In connection with the restructuring actions taken in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009, the Company expected to realize $14.0 million in annual future cost savings. The Company expected to realize and actually realized $3.5 million of those benefits per quarter beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. The $14.0 million in annual cost savings were fully realized in fiscal 2010.
Third Quarter Fiscal 2009 Management Restructuring.  During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company took steps to realign its cost and management structure. During October 2008, the Company’s former Chairman, President and CEO announced his retirement, effective immediately. In addition, four Company vice presidents, as well as other support personnel, were terminated. The Company also relocated its headquarters from Boca Raton, Florida, to Solon, Ohio, where the Company has a facility with a large number of employees, and cancelled the lease on its financial interests in two airplanes. These actions resulted in restructuring charges totaling $13.4 million in fiscal 2009, comprised mainly of termination benefits for the above-mentioned management changes and the costs incurred to relocate the corporate headquarters. Also included in the restructuring charges was a non-cash charge for a curtailment loss of $4.5 million under the Company’s SERP. An additional $0.2 million expense was incurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 as a result of an impairment to the leasehold improvements at the Company’s former headquarters in Boca Raton, Florida. These restructuring charges are included in Corporate/Other.
In connection with the restructuring actions taken in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company expected to realize $8.0 million in annual future cost savings. The Company expected to realize $2.0 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. However, due to the timing of transitioning certain personnel, the Company only realized $1.8 million in benefits during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. The Company actually realized $2.0 million in savings per quarter beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 and fully realized the $8.0 million in annual benefits in fiscal 2010.
Fourth Quarter Fiscal 2009 Management Restructuring.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company took additional steps to realign its cost and management structure. An additional four Company vice presidents, as well as other support and sales personnel, were terminated during the quarter. These actions resulted in a restructuring charge of $3.7 million during the quarter, comprised mainly of termination benefits for the above-mentioned management changes. Also included in the restructuring charges was a non-cash charge for a curtailment loss of $1.2 million under the Company’s SERP. These restructuring charges are included in Corporate/Other.
In connection with the restructuring actions taken in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company expected to realize and actually realized $1.0 million in quarterly future cost savings beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. The $4.0 million in annual cost savings were fully realized in fiscal 2010.
During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded an additional $0.8 million in restructuring charges associated with the restructuring actions taken in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009. The additional restructuring charges were primarily comprised of non-cash settlement charges related to the payment of obligations under the Company’s SERP to two former executives.
The restructuring actions discussed above resulted in restructuring charges totaling $0.8 million and $40.8 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company expects to incur additional restructuring charges of approximately $0.9 million between fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2014 for non-cash settlement charges related to the expected payment of SERP obligations to two other former executives and for ongoing facility obligations.
Investments
The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund
At September 30, 2008, the Company had $36.2 million invested in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund. Due to liquidity issues associated with the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers, Inc., The Primary Fund temporarily ceased honoring redemption requests, but the Board of Trustees of the Primary Fund subsequently voted to liquidate the assets of the fund and approved a distribution of cash to the investors. As of March 31, 2009, the Company had received $31.0 million of the investment, with $5.2 million remaining in The Primary Fund. As a result of the delay in cash distribution, during the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the remaining $5.2 million was reclassified from “Cash and cash equivalents” to investments in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other non-current assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, and, accordingly, the reclassification was presented as a cash outflow from investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. In addition, as of March 31, 2009, the Company estimated and recognized impairment charges


35


totaling 8.3% of its original investment in the fund for losses that may occur upon the liquidation of the Primary Fund. The impairment charges recognized during fiscal 2009 totaled $3.0 million and were classified in “Other (income) expenses, net” within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
During fiscal 2010, the Company received additional distributions totaling $4.8 million from The Primary Fund and presented the distributions as a cash inflow from investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. In addition, the Company recognized gains related to these distributions totaling $2.5 million within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2010, the Company had a remaining uncollected balance of its investment in The Primary Fund of $0.5 million, for which a reserve was previously recorded in fiscal 2009. The Company is unable to estimate the timing of future distributions, if any, from the Primary Fund.
Investments in Corporate-Owned Life Insurance Policies and Marketable Securities
The Company invests in corporate-owned life insurance policies and marketable securities primarily to satisfy future obligations of certain employee benefit plans. The corporate-owned life insurance policies and marketable securities are held in a Rabbi Trust and are classified within “Prepaid and other current assets” and “Other non-current assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s investment in corporate-owned life insurance policies are held for an indefinite period and are recorded at their cash surrender value, which approximates fair value, at the balance sheet date. The Company took loans totaling $12.5 million against these policies in fiscal 2010 and used the proceeds for the payment of obligations under the SERP. The Company is not obligated to repay and does not intend to repay these loans. The aggregate cash surrender value of these life insurance policies was $13.0 million (net of policy loans totaling $12.5 million) and $23.4 million at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Certain of these corporate-owned life insurance policies are endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements. The Company entered into a separate agreement with each of the former executives covered by these arrangements whereby the Company splits a portion of the policy benefits with the former executive. At March 31, 2010, the Company recognized a charge of $0.3 million related to these benefit obligations based on estimates developed by management by evaluating actuarial information and including assumptions with respect to discount rates and mortality. This expense was classified within “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and the related liability was recorded within “Other non-current liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The aggregate cash surrender value of the underlying corporate-owned split-dollar life insurance contracts was $3.1 million (net of policy loans of $0.2 million) and $2.8 million (net of policy loans of $0.2 million) at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Changes in the cash surrender value of these policies related to gains and losses incurred on these investments are classified within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recorded gains of $0.8 million in fiscal 2010 and losses of $4.6 million and $0.7 million in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively, related to the corporate-owned life insurance policies.
The Company’s investment in marketable equity securities are held for an indefinite period and thus are classified as available for sale. The aggregate fair value of the securities was $21,000 and $37,000 at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During fiscal 2010, sales proceeds and realized losses were $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. During fiscal 2009, sales proceeds and realized losses were $0.1 million and $24,000, respectively. During fiscal 2008, sale proceeds and realized gain were $6.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company used the sales proceeds in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 to pay for the cost of actuarial and professional fees related to the employee benefit plans. The Company used the sale proceeds in fiscal 2008 to fund additional investments in corporate-owned life insurance policies. At March 31, 2010, there are no unrealized gains or losses onavailable-for-sale securities included in other comprehensive income.
Investment in Magirus — Sold in November 2008
In November 2008, the Company sold its 20% ownership interest in Magirus, a privately owned European enterprise computer systems distributor headquartered in Stuttgart, Germany, for $2.3 million. In July 2008, the Company received a dividend from Magirus of $7.3 million, related to Magirus’ fiscal 2008 sale of a portion of its distribution business. As a result, the Company received total proceeds of $9.6 million from Magirus in fiscal 2009. Prior to March 31, 2008, the Company decided to sell its 20% investment in Magirus. Therefore, the Company classified its ownership interest in Magirus as an investment held for sale until it was sold in November 2008.
On April 1, 2008, the Company began to account for its investment in Magirus using the cost method, rather than the equity method of accounting. The Company changed to the cost method because it did not have the ability to exercise significant influence over Magirus, which is one of the requirements contained in the FASB authoritative guidance that is necessary to account for an investment in common stock under the equity method of accounting.


36


Because of the Company’s inability to obtain and include audited financial statements of Magirus for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 as required byRule 3-09 ofRegulation S-X, the SEC stated that it will not permit effectiveness of any new securities registration statements or post-effective amendments, if any, until such time as the Company files audited financial statements that reflect the disposition of Magirus or the Company requests, and the SEC grants, relief to the Company from the requirements ofRule 3-09 ofRegulation S-X. As part of this restriction, the Company is not currently permitted to file any new securities registration statements that are intended to automatically go into effect when they are filed, nor can the Company make offerings under effective registration statements or under Rules 505 and 506 of Regulation D where any purchasers of securities are not accredited investors under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D. These restrictions do not apply to the following: offerings or sales of securities upon the conversion of outstanding convertible securities or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or rights; dividend or interest reinvestment plans; employee benefit plans, including stock option plans; transactions involving secondary offerings; or sales of securities under Rule 144A.2013.


17


Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2013
Investment in Affiliated Companies
During fiscal 2008, the investment in an affiliated company was redeemed by the affiliated company for $4.8 million in cash, resulting in a $1.4 million gain on redemption of the investment. The gain was classified within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.









Name and Principal Position









Year








Salary
($)(1)








Bonus
($)(2)







Stock Awards
($)(3)







Option Awards
($)(3)


Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compen-sation
Earnings
($)(4)
Change in
Pension
Value and
Non-
qualified
Deferred
Compen-
sation
Earnings
($)





All
Other
Compen-
sation
($)(5)








Total
($)
James H. DennedyFY13400,000

379,997
380,309
509,784

20,481
1,690,571
President andFY12309,928

311,640

369,045

10,780
1,001,393
Chief Executive Officer         
          
Robert R. EllisFY13290,934

85,499
85,566
327,718

11,186
800,903
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, ChiefFY12131,705

123,199
81,335
88,591

3,520
428,350
Financial Officer and Treasurer         
          
Kyle C. BadgerFY13250,000

62,500
62,548
153,921

37,796
566,765
Senior Vice President, General        
Counsel and Secretary         
          
Paul A. CivilsFY13260,000

84,499
84,566
180,470

21,319
630,854
Senior Vice President andFY12255,000

82,874
82,877
129,082

22,656
572,489
General Manager         
          
Larry SteinbergFY13201,511
39,550
574,750
95,660
148,972

7,646
1,068,089
Senior Vice President, Chief         
Technology Officer         
Risk Control and Effects of Foreign Currency and Inflation
The Company extends credit based on customers’ financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Credit losses are provided for in the Consolidated Financial Statements when collections are in doubt.
The Company sells internationally and enters into transactions denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, the Company is subject to the variability that arises from exchange rate movements. The effects of foreign currency on operating results did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations for the 2010, 2009, or 2008 fiscal years.
The Company believes that inflation has had a nominal effect on its results of operations in fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008 and does not expect inflation to be a significant factor in fiscal 2011.
Forward Looking Information
This Annual Report contains certain management expectations, which may constitute forward-looking information within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking information speaks only as to the date of this Annual Report and may be identified by use of words such as “may,” “will,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” “estimates,” “projects,” “targets,” “forecasts,” “continues,” “seeks,” or the negative of those terms or similar expressions. Many important factors could cause actual results to be materially different from those in forward-looking information including, without limitation, competitive factors, disruption of supplies, changes in market conditions, pending or future claims or litigation, or technology advances. No assurances can be provided as to the outcome of cost reductions, business strategies, future financial results, unanticipated downturns to our relationships with customers and macroeconomic demand for IT products and services, unanticipated difficulties integrating acquisitions, new laws and government regulations, interest rate changes, consequences of MAK Capital’s shareholder-approved control share acquisition proposal, and unanticipated deterioration in economic and financial conditions in the United States and around the world or the consequences. The Company does not undertake to update or revise any forward-looking information even if events make it clear that any projected results, actions, or impact, express or implied, will not be realized.
Other potential risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to be materially different from those in forward-looking information are described in this Annual Report filed with the SEC, under Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” Copies are available from the SEC or the Agilysys web site.

Item 7A.  (1)QuantitativeFor Mr. Steinberg, salary is from start date through March 31, 2013.
(2)For Mr. Steinberg, amount consists of hiring bonus.
(3)Stock Awards include grants of restricted shares and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.performance shares. Option Awards include SSAR grants. Amounts disclosed do not represent the economic value received by the Named Executive Officers. The value, if any, recognized upon the exercise of a SSAR will depend upon the market price of the shares on the date the SSAR is exercised. The value, if any, recognized for restricted and performance shares will depend upon the market price of the shares upon vesting. In accordance with SEC rules, the values for restricted and performance shares and SSARs are equal to the aggregate grant date fair value for each award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The values for restricted and performance shares are based on the closing price on the grant date. The values for SSARs are based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model. A discussion of the assumptions used in determining these valuations is set forth in Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company’s 2013 Annual Report. For Stock Awards, the amounts shown represent grants of restricted shares to each Named Executive Officer as part of the executive's annual long-term equity grant and for Mr. Steinberg includes grants of restricted shares as a long-term inducement award upon his hire.
(4)Amounts represent annual incentive payments received in 2013 and 2012 based on pre-set incentive goals established at the beginning of each fiscal year and tied to the Company’s financial, strategic, and operational goals.    
(5)All other compensation includes the following compensation, calculated based on the aggregate incremental cost to the Company of the benefits noted:


18


All Other Compensation for Fiscal Year 2013
The Company has assets, liabilities, and cash flows in foreign currencies creating foreign exchange risk. Systems are in place for continuous measurement and evaluation of foreign exchange exposures so that timely action can be taken when considered desirable. Reducing exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is an integral part of the Company’s risk management program. Financial instruments in the form of forward exchange contracts are employed, when deemed necessary, as one of the methods to reduce such risk. There were no foreign currency exchange contracts executed by the Company during fiscal years 2010, 2009, or 2008. At March 31, 2010, a hypothetical 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar would not materially affect the Company’s financial statements.


37


As discussed withinLiquidity and Capital Resourcesin the MD&A, on January 20, 2009, the Company terminated its five-year $200 million revolving credit facility. At the time of the termination, there were no amounts outstanding under this credit facility. Therefore, the Company did not have a revolving credit facility in place at March 31, 2009. There were no amounts outstanding under this credit facility in fiscal years 2009 or 2008. On May 5, 2009, the Company entered into a new $50 million revolving credit facility. There were no amounts outstanding on the new credit facility as of March 31, 2010. While the Company is exposed to interest rate risk from the floating-rate pricing mechanisms on its new revolving credit facility, it does not expect interest rate risk to have a significant impact on its business, financial condition, or results of operations during fiscal 2010.


Name
401(k)
Company
Match ($)
Executive
Life
Insurance ($)

Relocation
($)(a)

Severance
($)

Gross-ups
($)

All Other
($)(b)


Total ($)
J. Dennedy9,139
1,654
7,755


1,933
20,481
R. Ellis8,931
754



1,501
11,186
K. Badger8,891
909
27,149


847
37,796
P. Civils6,514
6,295



8,510
21,319
L. Steinberg5,771
993



882
7,646

Item 8.  (a)Financial StatementsMessrs. Dennedy and Supplementary Data.Badger received travel and relocation assistance during their transition to the Company's corporate offices, including expenses for travel, temporary housing, car rental, moving, and incidentals. Amount disclosed represents actual cost to the Company, or amount reimbursed to the executive officer, for such expenses.

(b) Includes executive long-term disability coverage for each executive and an auto allowance for Mr. Civils.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The information required by this item is set forth infollowing table and related notes summarize grants of equity and non-equity incentive compensation awards to our Named Executive Officers for fiscal year 2013. All equity awards were made under the Financial Statements and Supplementary Data contained in Part IVCompany’s 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.


19


Grants of this Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year 2013









Name







Grant
Date

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards ($)(1)

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards ($)


All Other
Stock
Awards
Number
of Shares
of Stock
(#)(2)
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)(3)


Exercise
or
Base
Price
of Option
Awards
($/share)



Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($)(4)



Threshold
($)



Target
($)



Maximum
($)



Threshold
(#)



Target
(#)



Maximum
(#)
 James H. Dennedy

6/12/12      50,93878,3507.46760,306
 3/20/12315,000350,000525,000       
            
Robert R. Ellis

6/12/12      11,46117,628
7.46171,065
 3/20/12153,900171,000256,500       
 11/8/12202,500225,000337,500       
            
Kyle C. Badger6/12/12      8,37812,8867.46125,048
3/20/12112,500125,000187,500       
            
Paul A. Civils6/12/12      11,32717,4227.46169,065
 3/20/12128,700143,000214,500       
            
Larry Steinberg (5)5/9/12      48,794
17,5138.64670,410
 5/9/12108,882120,980181,470
17,728
17,728    

Item 9.  (1)ChangeAmounts shown in the columns under Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards represent fiscal year 2013 annual threshold, target, and Disagreements With Accountantsmaximum cash-based annual incentives granted under the annual incentive plan. Total threshold, target, and maximum payouts were conditioned on Accountingachievement of weighted goals based on revenue, gross profit, adjusted operating income, and Financial Disclosures.achievement of individual MBOs as applicable for each Named Executive Officer. For Mr. Ellis, the non-equity incentive award on November 8, 2012 replaced the award o March 20, 2012, upon his being appointed to the additional office of Chief Operating Officer. Fiscal year 2013 payouts for each Named Executive Officer pursuant to these awards are shown in the Summary Compensation Table above in the column titled Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation. Threshold, target, and maximum amounts represent annualized award amounts. Actual payouts for fiscal year 2013 for Mr. Steinberg were pro-rated based on his hire date. Further explanation of potential and actual payouts by component is set forth in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Annual Incentives.
(2)The share amounts shown represent grants of restricted shares to each Named Executive Officer as part of the executive's annual long-term equity grant and for Mr. Steinberg includes grants of restricted shares as a long-term inducement award upon his hire.
(3)The share amounts represent SSARs granted at the fair market value of the shares on the grant date as fiscal year 2013 long-term incentive awards. The SSARs are exercisable in thirds beginning on March 31, 2013. All SSARs have a seven-year term.
(4)The dollar amount shown for each equity grant represents the grant date fair value of the SSARs and restricted shares, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The actual value, if any, recognized upon the exercise of a SSAR or vesting of restricted shares will depend upon the market price of the shares on the date the SSAR is exercised or restricted shares vest.
(5)For Mr. Steinberg, grants were approved on March 29, 2012, effective as of his date of hire on May 9, 2012.

20



None.Outstanding Equity Awards

The following table and related notes summarize the outstanding equity awards held by the Named Executive Officers as of March 31, 2013.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year-End

Name (1)






Grant
Date
Option AwardsStock Awards
Number of
Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options (#)



Option
Exercise
Price ($)



Option
Date
Expiration
Number of
Shares
of Stock
That Have
Not
Vested (#)(3)
Market
Value of
Shares of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)(4)

Exercisable

Unexercisable (2)
James H. Dennedy6/12/201226,116
52,234 (a)
7.46
6/12/201933,959 (e)
337,552
        
Robert R. Ellis10/10/201110,700
5,350 (b)
8.14
10/10/20185,379 (f)
53,467
 6/12/20125,876
11,752 (b)
7.46
06/12/20197,641 (f)
75,952
        
Kyle C. Badger10/31/20117,462
3,732 (c)
8.49
10/31/20183,556 (g)
35,347
 6/12/20124,295
8,591 (c)
7.46
6/12/20195,586 (g)
55,525
        
Paul A. Civils7/28/20068,000
 15.85
7/28/2016  
 5/21/200712,000
 22.21
5/21/2017  
 5/23/200812,000
 9.82
5/23/2018  
 11/13/200840,000
 2.51
11/13/2018  
 5/22/200915,700
 6.83
5/22/2016  
 6/7/201040,000
 6.20
6/7/2017  
 8/11/201111,882
5,941
7.42
8/11/20183723
37,007
 6/12/20125,807
11,615
7.46
6/12/20197,552
75,067
        
Larry Steinberg5/9/20125,837
11,676 (d)
8.64
5/9/201956,167 (h)
558,300

Item 9A.  (1)ControlsFor Mr. Civils, all unvested SSARs were forfeited upon separation, and Procedures.unexercised SSARs expired 90 days after separation.
(2)As of March 31, 2013, the vesting schedule for the time-vested SSARs was as follows:
(a)26,117 on March 31, 2014 and 2015
(b)11,226 on March 31, 2014 and 5,876 on March 31, 2015
(c)8,027 on March 31, 2014 and 4,296 on March 31, 2015
(d)5,838 on March 31, 2014 and 2015
(3)As of March 31, 2013, the vesting schedule for the time-vested stock awards was as follows:
(e)16,979 on March 31, 2014 and 16,980 March 31, 2015
(f)9,199 on March 31, 2014 and 3,821 on March 31, 2015
(g)6,349 on March 31, 2014 and 2,793 on March 31, 2015
(h)10,356 on March 31, 2014, 16,840 on May 9, 2014, 10,356 on March 31, 2015; 887 on May 9, 2015; and 17,728 upon the successful development and sale of our next generation property management system.
(4)Calculated based on the closing price of the shares on March 28, 2013 of $9.94 per share.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the material weakness related to the Company’s hospitality and retail order processing operations identified in fiscal 2008, and certain material weaknesses within the operating effectiveness of revenue recognition controls, within the calculation of share-based compensation expense, and within the recognition of expense for a defined benefit pension plan curtailment identified in fiscal 2009 have been remediated. In addition, the CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Exchange Act of 1934 is (i) recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. A controls system cannot provide absolute assurance, however, that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a Company have been detected.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The managementfollowing table and related notes summarize the exercise of stock options and/or SSARs and the Company, under the supervisionvesting of the CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange ActRules 13a-15(f) and15d-15(f). Under the supervision of our CEO and CFO, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010 based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issuedother stock awards by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010.Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 2013.
Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, issued their report regarding the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010, which is included elsewhere herein.

21


Option Exercises and Stock Vested for Fiscal Year 2013

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Company continues to integrate each acquired entity’s internal controls over financial reporting into the Company’s own internal controls over financial reporting, as well as improve such controls, and will continue to review and, if necessary, make changes to each acquired entity’s internal controls over financial reporting until such integration is complete. Other than the items described above, no changes in its internal control over financial reporting occurred during the Company’s last quarter of fiscal 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.


38


The Company implemented a new Oracle ERP software system for North American operations on April 1, 2010. The Company believes it is maintaining and monitoring appropriate internal controls during the implementation period and that its internal controls will be enhanced as a result of the new system.




Name
Option AwardsStock Awards
Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)
Value
Realized on
Exercise
($)
Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)(1)

Value
Realized on
Vesting ($)(2)
James H. Dennedy

23,979
224,911
Robert R. Ellis

9,198
91,428
Kyle C. Badger

6,348
63,099
Paul A. Civils

7,498
74,350
Larry Steinberg

10,355
102,929

Item 9B.  (1)Other Information.Includes partial vesting of time-vested restricted shares granted in 2012 and 2013.
(2)The value realized on vesting of stock awards is determined by multiplying the number of shares underlying the stock awards by the closing price of the shares on the vesting date of the awards.

A Special MeetingTermination and Change of ShareholdersControl

The following table and discussion summarize certain information related to the total potential payments which would have been made to the Named Executive Officers in the event of Agilysys, Inc. was held on February 18, 2010termination of their employment with the Company, including in the event of a change of control, effective March 31, 2013, the last business day of fiscal year 2013.

Employment Agreements - Fiscal Year 2013 Active Named Executive Officers. The Named Executive Officers are each a party to an employment agreement with the Company. If we terminate any of the Named Executive Officers employment without cause, he will receive his base salary and applicable health benefits for 12 months and his target annual incentive following termination. If the Company changes his position such that his compensation or responsibilities are substantially lessened, or, for Mr. Civils, if he is required to relocate more than 50 miles away, he may terminate his employment within 30 days of the change in position and will receive his severance benefits. If he is terminated for cause or voluntarily terminates his employment for any reason other than a change in position, he is prohibited for a one-year period following termination (the “Noncompetition Period”) from being employed by, owning, operating, controlling, or being connected with any business that competes with the Company. If any of these executives is terminated without cause or terminates his employment due to change in position, we may, in our sole discretion, elect to pay his severance benefits for all or any part of the Noncompetition Period, which payments are in lieu of the severance payments and benefits coverage described above and, so long as we make such payments, he will be bound by the non-competition provisions described above. Each executive's agreement also contains an indefinite non-disclosure provision for the purposeprotection of consideringthe Company's confidential information and one-year non-solicitation and non-compete provisions. For each of Messrs. Dennedy and Badger, if there is a change of control within two years after April 1, 2012, and October 31, 2011, respectively, (the dates of their employment agreement), and within the same two-year period his employment with the Company or its successor is terminated without cause, then he will be paid severance equal to two years of each of his base salary and target annual incentive.


22


Termination and Change of Control

Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause ($)(1)
James
Dennedy
Robert
Ellis
Kyle
Badger
Paul
Civils
Larry
Steinberg
Base and Incentive
Accelerated Vesting
Termination without Cause or by Employee for Change in Position ($)(1)     
Base & Incentive750,000
525,000
375,000
403,000
360,000
Health Insurance (2)12,955
13,149
12,955
8,714
11,015
Accelerated Vesting




 _______
_______
_______
_______
_______
Total762,955538,149387,955411,714371,015
Change of Control ($)(3)

     
Base & Incentive1,500,000

750,000


Health Insurance




Accelerated Vesting/SSARs (4)129,540
38,775
26,717
43,777
15,179
Accelerated Vesting/Stock (4)337,552
129,419
90,871
112,074
558,300
 _______
_______
_______
_______
_______
Total1,967,092
168,194
867,588
155,851
573,479
Death or Disability ($)(5)     
Accelerated Vesting/SSARs (4)129,540
38,775
26,717
43,777
15,179
Accelerated Vesting/Stock (4)337,552
129,419
90,871
112,074
558,300
 _______
_______
_______
_______
_______
Total467,092
168,194
117,588
155,851
573,479

(1)“Cause” is defined as (i) breach of employment agreement or any other duty to the Company, (ii) dishonesty, fraud, or failure to abide by the published ethical standards, conflicts of interest, or material breach of Company policy, (iii) conviction of a felony crime or crime involving misappropriation of money or other Company property, (iv) misconduct, malfeasance, or insubordination, or (v) gross failure to perform (not including failure to achieve quantitative targets). Mr. Dennedy has 30 days to cure a breach of his employment agreement, any duty to the Company, or a material breach of Company policy. A “change in position” is the substantial lessening of compensation or responsibilities or, for Mr. Civils, the requirement to relocate to a facility more than 50 miles away. After a change in position, the executive has 30 days to notify the Company of his termination of employment. A “voluntary termination” includes death, disability, or legal incompetence.
(2)Health Insurance consists of health care and dental care benefits. The amount reflects 12 months of benefits for the Named Executive Officers that participate in the Company's plans. These benefits have been calculated based on actual cost to us for fiscal year 2013.
(3)Messrs. Dennedy and Badger are the only Named Executive Officers with change of control provisions.
(4)SSARs and restricted shares vest upon a change of control. For SSARs (except as qualified below) the value of accelerated vesting is calculated using the closing price of $9.94 per share on March 28, 2013 less the exercise price per share for the total number of SSARs accelerated. The potential payment from the accelerated SSARs includes only the proceeds from the exercise of SSARs with an exercise price less than $9.94 since there would be no proceeds upon the exercise of “underwater” SSARs. The value of restricted shares upon vesting reflects that same $9.94 closing price. Values represent potential vesting under a hypothetical change of control situation on March 31, 2013.
(5)All SSARs and restricted shares vest upon death or disability.



23


Item 12.  Security Ownership of CertainBeneficial Owners and Management and RelatedShareholder Matters.

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON SHARES

The following table shows the number of common shares beneficially owned as of July 19, 2013 by (i) each current director; (ii) our Named Executive Officers; (iii) all directors and executive officers as a group; and (iv) each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common shares.



Name


Common Shares
Shares Subject
to Exercisable Options

Restricted
Shares (1)
Total Shares
Beneficially Owned (1)

Percent of
Class (2)
Directors     
R. Andrew Cueva (3)5,284,648


5,284,648
24.0
Jerry C. Jones8,055

5,654
13,709
*
Keith M. Kolerus112,348
22,500
5,654
140,502
*
Robert A. Lauer69,441
22,500
5,654
97,595
*
Robert G. McCreary, III (4)48,599
22,500
5,654
76,753
*
John Mutch43,433

5,654
49,087
*
Named Executive Officers     
Kyle C. Badger23,063
11,757
16,411
51,231
 
Paul A. Civils (4)11,941
145,389
11,275
168,605
*
James H. Dennedy146,142
26,116
59,269
231,527
1.0
Robert R. Ellis39,671
16,576
25,540
81,787
*
Larry Steinberg10,355
5,837
68,283
84,475
*
All directors and Executive Officers5,797,696
273,175
209,048
6,279,919
 
Other Beneficial Owners     
MAK Capital One, LLC et al
590 Madison Avenue, 9th Floor
New York, New York 10022
7,056,934 (4)
   32.0
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP
6300 Bee Cave Road
Palisades West, Building One
Austin, Texas 78746
1,846,222 (5)
   8.3
The Vanguard Group, Inc.
100 Vanguard Boulevard
Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355
1,150,798 (6)
   5.2
Black Rock, Inc.
40 East 52nd Street
New York, New York 10022
1,222,240 (7)
   5.5

(1)Beneficial ownership of the shares comprises both sole voting and dispositive power, or voting and dispositive power that is shared with a spouse, except for restricted shares for which individual has sole voting power but no dispositive power until such shares vest.
(2)* indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% on July 19, 2013.
(3)Comprised entirely of shares beneficially owned by MAK Capital Fund L.P. and excludes shares beneficially owned by Paloma International L.P. Mr. Cueva may be deemed to share beneficial ownership in shares that MAK Capital Fund L.P. may be deemed to beneficially own; however, Mr. Cueva disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in MAK Capital Fund L.P.’s interest in such shares. The inclusion in this table of the shares beneficially owned by MAK Capital Fund L.P. shall not be deemed an admission by Mr. Cueva of beneficial ownership of all of the reported shares.
(4)
For Mr. Civils, amounts are as of July 1, 2013.

24


(5)
As reported on a Schedule 13D/A dated May 31, 2011. MAK Capital One LLC has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the shares. MAK Capital One LLC serves as the investment manager of MAK Capital Fund LP (“MAK Fund”). MAK GP LLC is the general partner of MAK Fund. Michael A. Kaufman, managing member and controlling person of MAK GP LLC and MAK Capital One LLC, has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the shares. MAK Fund and R. Andrew Cueva have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 5,284,648 shares. Paloma International L.P. (“Paloma”), through its subsidiary Sunrise Partners Limited Partnership, and S. Donald Sussman, controlling person of Paloma, have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 1,772,286 shares. The principal business address of MAK Capital One LLC, MAK GP LLC and Messrs. Kaufman and Cueva is 590 Madison Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10022. The principal address of MAK Fund is c/o Dundee Leeds Management Services Ltd., 129 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda. The principal address of Paloma and Sunrise Partners Limited Partnership is Two America Lane, Greenwich, Connecticut 06836-2571. The principal business address for Mr. Sussman is 6100 Red Hook Quarters, Suites C1-C6, St. Thomas, US Virgin Islands 00802-1348.
On May 31, 2011, MAK Fund, Paloma and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”) entered into an Amended and Restated Voting Trust Agreement (the “Revised Voting Trust Agreement”) to clarify the effect on the voting on whethertrust created by the Voting Trust Agreement dated as of December 31, 2009, were the reporting persons (named above) to approve MAK Capital’s proposed control share acquisition that would allow MAK Capital to increase its share ownership to one-fifthbeneficially own one-third or more but less than one-third of the Company’s outstanding common shares. Approvalvoting securities as a result of a decrease in the total number of voting securities outstanding.  In such event, regardless of the proposal requiredreporting persons’ economic interest in the Company, its voting power will be effectively limited to no more than 23% or 27% of the voting securities in the event of a shareholder vote on (i) a merger, consolidation, conversion, sale or disposition of stock or assets or other business combination which requires approval of two-thirds of the Company’s voting power (a “Strategic Transaction”) or (ii) a transaction other than a Strategic Transaction which requires approval of two-thirds of the Company’s voting power (an “Other Transaction”), respectively. In connection with a Strategic Transaction or Other Transaction, the reporting persons would continue to possess the total voting power only over a number of voting securities that would equal the total voting power it would possess were it to hold only one-third of the voting securities. The Revised Voting Trust Agreement will become effective if and when the number of shares owned by the reporting persons equals or exceeds one-third of the voting securities then outstanding as a result of a decrease in the total number of voting securities outstanding.  Until such time, the Voting Trust Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
The Voting Trust Agreement provides that, for transactions requiring at least two-thirds of the voting power to approve, Trustee will vote shares as follows: (i) for a Strategic Transaction, vote shares that exceed 20% of the outstanding shares in favor of, against, or abstaining from voting in the same proportion as all other shares voted by shareholders (including reporting persons’ shares that do not exceed the 20% threshold); and (ii) for Other Transactions, vote shares that exceed 25% of the outstanding shares in favor of, against, or abstaining from voting in the same proportion as all other shares voted by shareholders (including reporting persons’ shares that do not exceed the 25% threshold). The Voting Trust Agreement terminates (i) if the vote necessary to approve all forms of transactions is lowered to the affirmative vote of (i) the holders of shares entitling them to exercise at least a majority of the voting power entitledon the proposal to vote inapprove such transactions (from two-thirds); (ii) if MAK Fund and Paloma are no longer members of a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the electionSecurities Exchange Act, then the Voting Trust Agreement terminates with respect to any of Agilysys directors represented atMAK Fund and Paloma that beneficially owns not more than 20% of the Special Meeting inoutstanding shares; (iii) on February 18, 2020, or February 18, 2025 if MAK Fund continues to hold 20% of the outstanding shares; or (v) if another person or by proxy, and (ii) the holders of a majorityentity holds greater than 20% of the voting power entitled to vote in the election of Agilysys directors represented at the Special Meeting in person or by proxy, excluding anyoutstanding shares that are “Interested Shares,” as defined in the Ohio Revised Code. The Company’s proxy statement also included an adjournment proposal. Shareholders voted as follows:
Voting power entitlednot subject to vote:
         
For Against Abstentions Broker Non-Votes
13,047,625 2,156,939 498,948   
Voting power entitled to vote less Interested Shares:
         
For Against Abstentions Broker Non-Votes
8,039,134 2,134,895 145,771   
Company adjournment proposal:
         
For Against Abstentions Broker Non-Votes
13,424,089 2,157,400 122,023   


39


a similar voting agreement.
Item 10.  (6)Directors, Executive OfficersAs reported on a Schedule 13G/A dated February 8, 2013. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP has sole voting power with respect to 1,819,350 shares and Corporate Governance.sole dispositive power with respect to 1,846,222 shares.
Information required by this Item as to the Directors of the Company, the Audit Committee, the Company’s Code of Business Conduct, and the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominations appearing under the headings “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance and Related Matters” in the Company’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2010 Proxy Statement”) is incorporated herein by reference. Information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by the Company’s Directors, executive officers, and holders of more than five percent of the Company’s equity securities will be set forth in the 2010 Proxy Statement under the heading “Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” Information required by this Item as to the executive officers of the Company is included as Item 4A in Part I of this Annual Report as permitted by Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) ofRegulation S-K.
The Company adopted a Code of Business Conduct that applies to all Directors and employees of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Controller. The Code is available on the Company’s website athttp://www.agilysys.com.
Item 11.  (7)Executive Compensation.As reported on a Schedule 13G/A dated February 20, 2013. The Vanguard Group, Inc. has sole voting and shared dispositive power with respect to 31,558 shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 1,119,240 shares.
The information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s 2010 Proxy Statement under the headings, “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report,” and “Corporate Governance and Related Matters,” which is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.  (8)Security OwnershipAs reported on a Schedule 13G/A dated February 4, 2013. BlackRock, Inc. has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to all of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.the shares.


25


EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
The following table provides certain information required by this Item is set forthwith respect to all of the Company's equity compensation plans in the Company’s 2010 Proxy Statement under the headings “Beneficial Ownership of Common Shares,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this item is set forth in the Company’s 2010 Proxy Statement under the headings “Corporate Governance and Related Matters” and “Related Person Transactions,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
The information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s 2010 Proxy Statement under the heading “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)(1)Financial statements.  The following consolidated financial statements are included herein and are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report:
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
Consolidated Balance Sheetseffect as of March 31, 2010 and 2009
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(a)(2)Financial statement schedule.  The following financial statement schedule is included herein and is incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report:
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules have been omitted since they are not applicable or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(a)(3)Exhibits.  Exhibits included herein and those incorporated by reference are listed in the Exhibit Index of this Annual Report.


40


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Agilysys, Inc. has duly caused this Annual Report onForm 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cleveland, State of Ohio, on June 10, 2010.
AGILYSYS, INC.
/s/  Martin F. Ellis
Martin F. Ellis
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated as of June 10, 2010.
SignatureTitle
/s/  Martin F. Ellis

Martin F. Ellis
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/  Kenneth J. Kossin, Jr.

Kenneth J. Kossin, Jr.
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/  John T. Dyer

John T. Dyer
Vice President and Controller
/s/  Keith M. Kolerus

Keith M. Kolerus
Chairman, Director
/s/  Thomas A. Commes

Thomas A. Commes
Director
/s/  R. Andrew Cueva

R. Andrew Cueva
Director
/s/  James H. Dennedy

James H. Dennedy
Director
/s/  Howard V. Knicely

Howard V. Knicely
Director
/s/  Robert A. Lauer

Robert A. Lauer
Director
/s/  Robert G. McCreary, III

Robert G. McCreary, III
Director
/s/  John Mutch

John Mutch
Director


41



The Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Agilysys, Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Agilysys, Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2010. We have also audited the accompanying financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Agilysys, Inc. and subsidiaries at March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Notes 1 and 11 to Consolidated Financial Statements, on April 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes(which was codified in FASB ASC 740,Income Taxes).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Agilysys, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010, based on criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated June 10, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.2013.
 
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP
       
  
  Number of Securities to be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights  Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights  Number of  Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation  Plans
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders (2000 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors and 2000, 2006, and 2011 Stock Incentive Plans)  1,432,619  $10.92  3,004,302
    
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders      
          
Total  1,432,619  $10.92  3,004,302
Cleveland, Ohio
June 10, 2010


43


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Agilysys, Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited Agilysys, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Agilysys, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Agilysys, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Agilysys, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2010 and our report dated June 10, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/  Ernst & Young LLP26
Cleveland, Ohio
June 10, 2010


44


agilysys, inc. and subsidiaries

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and RelatedTransactions, and DirectorIndependence.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
             
  Year Ended March 31 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 2010  2009  2008 
 
 
Net sales:            
Products $520,747  $553,312  $577,433 
Services  119,684   177,408   182,735 
Total net sales  640,431   730,720   760,168 
Cost of goods sold:            
Products  429,218   462,248   482,020 
Services  49,686   72,379   102,156 
Total cost of goods sold  478,904   534,627   584,176 
Gross margin  161,527   196,093   175,992 
Operating expenses:            
Selling, general, and administrative expenses  167,248   198,867   193,191 
Asset impairment charges  293   231,856    
Restructuring charges (credits)  823   40,801   (75)
Operating loss ��(6,837)  (275,431)  (17,124)
Other (income) expenses:            
Other (income) expenses, net  (6,194)  7,180   (5,846)
Interest income  (13)  (524)  (13,101)
Interest expense  970   1,196   887 
(Loss) income before income taxes  (1,600)  (283,283)  936 
Benefit for income taxes  (5,176)  (1,096)  (922)
Income (loss) from continuing operations  3,576   (282,187)  1,858 
Discontinued operations:            
(Loss) income from operations of discontinued components, net of taxes  (29)  (1,464)  1,801 
(Loss) gain on disposal of discontinued component, net of taxes     (483)   
(Loss) income from discontinued operations  (29)  (1,947)  1,801 
Net income (loss) $3,547  $(284,134) $3,659 
Earnings (loss) per share — basic:            
Income (loss) from continuing operations $0.16  $(12.49) $0.07 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations  (0.00)  (0.09)  0.06 
Net income (loss) $0.16  $(12.58) $0.13 
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted:            
Income (loss) from continuing operations $0.15  $(12.49) $0.07 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations  (0.00)  (0.09)  0.06 
Net income (loss) $0.15  $(12.58) $0.13 
Weighted average shares outstanding:            
Basic  22,626,586   22,586,603   28,252,137 
Diluted  23,087,742   22,586,603   28,766,112 
RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


45


agilysys, inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
         
  March 31 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 2010  2009 
 
 
ASSETS        
Current assets        
Cash and cash equivalents $65,535  $36,244 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,716 in fiscal 2010 and $3,005 in fiscal 2009  104,808   151,944 
Inventories, net of allowance of $1,753 in fiscal 2010 and $2,411 in fiscal 2009  14,446   27,216 
Deferred income taxes — current, net  144   6,836 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  5,047   4,564 
Income taxes receivable  10,394   3,871 
Assets of discontinued operations — current     1,075 
Total current assets  200,374   231,750 
Goodwill  50,418   50,382 
Intangible assets, net of amortization of $55,806 in fiscal 2010 and $47,413 in fiscal 2009  32,510   36,659 
Deferred income taxes — non-current  899   511 
Other non-current assets  18,175   29,008 
Assets of discontinued operations — non-current     56 
Property and equipment        
Furniture and equipment  40,299   39,610 
Software  41,864   38,124 
Leasehold improvements  9,699   8,380 
Project expenditures not yet in use  7,025   7,602 
   98,887   93,716 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization  70,892   67,646 
Property and equipment, net  27,995   26,070 
Total assets $330,371  $374,436��
         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable $70,171  $28,042 
Floor plan financing     74,159 
Deferred revenue  23,810   18,709 
Accrued liabilities  17,705   37,807 
Capital leases — current  311   238 
Liabilities of discontinued operations — current     1,176 
Total current liabilities  111,997   160,131 
Other non-current liabilities  19,450   21,588 
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 12)        
Shareholders’ equity        
Common shares, without par value, at $0.30 stated value; 80,000,000 shares authorized; 31,606,831 and 31,523,218 shares issued; and 22,932,043 and 22,640,440 shares outstanding in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively  9,482   9,457 
Capital in excess of stated value  (8,770)  (11,128)
Retained earnings  202,134   199,947 
Treasury stock (8,674,788 in fiscal 2010 and 8,896,778 in fiscal 2009)  (2,602)  (2,669)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (1,320)  (2,890)
Total shareholders’ equity  198,924   192,717 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $330,371  $374,436 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


46


agilysys, inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
             
  Year Ended March 31 
(In thousands) 2010  2009  2008 
 
 
Operating activities            
Net income (loss) $3,547  $(284,134) $3,659 
Add: Loss (income) from discontinued operations  29   1,947   (1,801)
Income (loss) from continuing operations  3,576   (282,187)  1,858 
Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash
provided by (used for) operating activities (net of effects from business acquisitions):
            
Asset impairment charges  293   249,983    
Impairment of investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund     3,001    
Impairment of investment in cost basis company        4,921 
Gain on cost investment     (56)  (8,780)
Gain on redemption of cost investment        (1,330)
Gain on redemption of investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund  (2,505)      
Loss (gain) on sale of securities  91      (6)
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     494   12 
Depreciation  3,914   4,032   3,261 
Amortization  12,400   23,651   20,552 
Deferred income taxes  6,596   (7,035)  (2,649)
Stock based compensation  2,426   457   6,039 
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options  (9)     (97)
Change in cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance policies  (802)  4,610   720 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
Accounts receivable  49,481   14,909   24,794 
Inventories  12,839   (1,763)  (5,713)
Accounts payable  41,889   (68,809)  (53,144)
Accrued liabilities  (15,213)  (23,520)  (11,675)
Income taxes payable  (9,021)  14,483   (138,694)
Other changes, net  365   (1,808)  2,013 
Other non-cash adjustments, net  (2,396)  (10,849)  (1,322)
Total adjustments  100,348   201,780   (161,098)
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities  103,924   (80,407)  (159,240)
Investing activities            
Proceeds from (claim on) The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund  4,772   (5,268)   
Proceeds from borrowings against corporate-owned life insurance policies  12,500      844 
Additional investments in corporate-owned life insurance policies  (1,712)  (5,996)  (7,623)
Proceeds from redemption of cost basis investment     9,513   4,770 
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities  61   81   6,088 
Additional investments in marketable securities  (45)  (4)  (52)
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired     (2,381)  (236,210)
Purchase of property and equipment  (13,306)  (7,056)  (8,775)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities  2,270   (11,111)  (240,958)
Financing activities            
Floor plan financing agreement, net  (74,468)  59,607   14,552 
Proceeds from borrowings under credit facility  5,077       
Principal payments under credit facility  (5,077)      
Debt financing costs  (1,578)      
Purchase of treasury shares        (149,999)
Principal payment under long-term obligations  (216)  (67)  (197)
Issuance of common shares  89      1,447 
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options  9      213 
Dividends paid  (1,360)  (2,718)  (3,407)
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities  (77,524)  56,822   (137,391)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  695   911   1,314 
Cash flows provided by (used for) continuing operations  29,365   (33,785)  (536,275)
Cash flows of discontinued operations — operating  (74)  94   1,995 
Net increase (decrease) in cash  29,291   (33,691)  (534,280)
Cash at beginning of year  36,244   69,935   604,215 
Cash at end of year $65,535  $36,244  $69,935 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:            
Cash payments for interest $410  $74  $618 
Cash (refunds) payments for income taxes, net $(2,715) $339  $140,450 
Change in value ofavailable-for-sale securities, net of taxes
 $(16) $(17) $(169)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


47


agilysys, inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
                                 
              Capital in
     Accumulated
    
  Common Shares  excess of
     other
    
  Issued  In Treasury  stated
  Retained
  comprehensive
    
(In thousands, except per share data) Shares  Stated value  Shares  Stated value  value  earnings  income (loss)  Total 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2007  31,385  $9,416   (35) $(11) $129,668  $489,435  $(1,664) $626,844 
Record cumulative effect of unrecognized tax positions                 (2,888)     (2,888)
Cash dividends ($0.12 per share)                 (3,407)     (3,407)
Non-cash stock based compensation expense  76   23         5,309         5,332 
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options  108   32         1,414         1,446 
Self tender offer — buyback of common shares for treasury        (8,975)  (2,693)  (147,305)        (149,998)
Self tender offer expenses              (1,570)        (1,570)
Nonvested shares issued from treasury shares        32   10   697         707 
Tax benefit related to exercise of stock options              213         213 
Comprehensive income:                                
Net income                 3,659      3,659 
Unrealized translation adjustment                    (1,503)  (1,503)
Unrealized loss on securities net of $8 in taxes                    (169)  (169)
Net actuarial losses and prior service cost on defined benefit pension plans, net of $505 in taxes                    799   799 
                                
Total comprehensive income                              2,786 
Balance at March 31, 2008  31,569  $9,471   (8,978) $(2,694) $(11,574) $486,799  $(2,537) $479,465 
Cash dividends ($0.12 per share)                 (2,718)     (2,718)
Non-cash stock based compensation expense  (45)  (14)        446         432 
Nonvested shares issued from treasury shares        81   25            25 
Comprehensive loss:                                
Net loss                 (284,134)     (284,134)
Unrealized translation adjustment                    (1,741)  (1,741)
Unrealized loss on securities net of $(7) in tax benefits                    (17)  (17)
Net actuarial losses and prior service cost on defined benefit pension plans, net of $871 in taxes                    1,405   1,405 
                                
Total comprehensive loss                              (284,487)
Balance at March 31, 2009  31,524  $9,457   (8,897) $(2,669) $(11,128) $199,947  $(2,890) $192,717 
Cash dividends ($0.06 per share)                 (1,360)     (1,360)
Non-cash stock based compensation expense              1,588         1,588 
Nonvested shares issued  70   21   197   59   758         838 
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options  13   4   25   8   77         89 
Tax deficit related to exercise of stock options              (65)        (65)
Comprehensive income:                                
Net income                 3,547      3,547 
Unrealized translation adjustment                    1,320   1,320 
Unrealized loss on securities                    91   91 
Net actuarial losses and prior service cost on defined benefit pension plans, net of $104 in taxes                    159   159 
                                
Total comprehensive income                              5,117 
Balance at March 31, 2010  31,607  $9,482   (8,675) $(2,602) $(8,770) $202,134  $(1,320) $198,924 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


48


agilysys, inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Table amounts in thousands, except per share data and Note 16)
1.
OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Operations.  Agilysys, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Agilysys”) provides innovative IT solutions to corporate and public-sector customers with special expertise in select vertical markets, including retail, hospitality, and technology solutions. The Company operates extensively in North America and has sales offices in the United Kingdom and in Asia.
The Company has three reportable segments: Hospitality Solutions Group (“HSG”), Retail Solutions Group (“RSG”), and Technology Solutions Group (“TSG”). Additional information regarding the Company’s reportable segments is discussed in Note 13,Business Segments.
The Company’s fiscal year ends on March 31. References to a particular year refer to the fiscal year ending in March of that year. For example, fiscal 2010 refers to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.
Principles of consolidation.  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company. Investments in affiliated companies are accounted for by the equity or cost method, as appropriate. All inter-company accounts have been eliminated. Unless otherwise indicated, amounts in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements refer to continuing operations.
Use of estimates.  Preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Foreign currency translation.  The financial statements of the Company’s foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. The assets and liabilities of foreign operations whose functional currencies are not in U.S. dollars are translated at the period-end exchange rates, while revenues and expenses are translated at weighted-average exchange rates during the fiscal year. The cumulative translation effects are reflected as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” within shareholders’ equity in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains and losses on monetary transactions denominated in other than the functional currency of an operation are reflected within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Foreign currency gains and losses from changes in exchange rates have not been material to the consolidated operating results of the Company.
Related party transactions.  In connection with the move of its headquarters from Ohio to Florida and then back to Ohio during fiscal years 2008 and 2009, the Company provided relocation assistance to its executive officers who were required to relocate. This relocation assistance included costs related to temporary housing, commuting expenses, sales and broker commissions, moving expenses, costs to maintain the executive’s former residence while it was on the market and the loss, if any, associated with the sale of the executive’s former residence. For more information, refer to the Summary Compensation Table for fiscal years 2008 and 2009, in the Company’s 2009 Proxy Statement under the heading, “Executive Compensation.”
All related person transactions with the Company require the prior approval of or ratification by the Company’sour Audit Committee. In October 2009, the BoardThe board of directors adopted Related Person Transaction Procedures to formalize the procedures by which theour Audit Committee reviews and approves or ratifies related person transactions. The procedures set forth the scope of transactions covered, the process for reporting such transactions, and the review process. Through the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee,Covered transactions include any transaction, arrangement, or relationship with the Company makesin which any director, executive officer, or other related person has a direct or indirect material interest, except for business travel and expense payments, share ownership, and executive compensation approved by the board of directors. Transactions are reportable to the Company’s General Counsel, who will oversee the initial review of the reported transaction and notify the Audit Committee of transactions within the scope of the procedures, and the Audit Committee will determine whether to approve or ratify the transaction. Through our Nominating Committee, we make a formal yearly inquiry of all of itsour executive officers and directors for purposes of disclosure of related person transactions, and any such newly revealed related person transactions are conveyed to the Audit Committee. All officers and directors are charged with updating this information with the Company’sour internal legal counsel.
Segment reporting.  Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available
DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

NASDAQ listing standards provide that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Operating segments may be aggregated for segment reporting purposes so long as certain aggregation criteria are met. With the divestiture of the Company’s KeyLink Systems Distribution Business (“KSG”) in fiscal 2007, the continuing operations of the Company represented one business segment that provided IT solutions to corporate and public-sector customers. In fiscal 2008, the Company evaluated its business groups and developedat least a structure to support the Company’s strategic direction as it transformed to a


49


pervasive solution provider largely in the North American IT market. With this transformation, the Company now has three reportable segments: HSG, RSG, and TSG. See Note 13 for a discussion of the Company’s segment reporting.
Revenue recognition.  The Company derives revenue from three primary sources: server, storage and point of sale hardware, software, and services. Revenue is recorded in the period in which the goods are delivered or services are rendered and when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, or services have been rendered, the sales price to the customer is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company reduces revenue for estimated discounts, sales incentives, estimated customer returns, and other allowances. Discounts are offered based on the volume of products and services purchased by customers. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are recognized as revenue and the related costs are recognized in cost of goods sold. Revenues are presented net of any applicable taxes collected and remitted to governmental agencies.
Revenue for hardware sales is recognized when the product is shipped to the customer and when obligations that affect the customer’s final acceptance of the arrangement have been fulfilled. A majority of the Company’s hardware sales involves shipment directly from its suppliers tomembers of the end-user customers. In such transactions,board of directors must be independent, meaning free of any material relationship with the Company, is responsible for negotiating price both with the supplier and the customer, payment to the supplier, establishing payment terms and product returns with the customer, and bears credit risk if the customer does not pay for the goods. As the principal contact with the customer, the Company recognizes revenue and cost of goods sold when it is notified by the supplierother than his relationship as a director. The Guidelines state that the product has been shipped. In certain limited instances, as shipping terms dictate, revenue is recognized upon receipt at the pointboard of destination.
The Company offers proprietary software as well as remarketed software for sale to its customers. Adirectors should consist of a substantial majority of independent directors. A director is not independent if he fails to satisfy the Company’s software sales do not require significant production, modification, or customization atstandards for director independence under NASDAQ listing standards, the time of shipment (physically or electronically) to the customer. Substantially allrules of the Company’s software licenseSEC, and any other applicable laws, rules, and regulations. During the board of directors’ annual review of director independence, the board of directors considers transactions, relationships, and arrangements, do not include acceptance provisions. As such, revenue from both proprietary and remarketed software sales is recognized when the software has been shipped. For software delivered electronically, delivery is considered to have occurred when the customer either takes possession of the software via downloadingif any, between each director or has been provided with the requisite codes that allow fora director’s immediate access to the software based on the U.S. Eastern time zone time stamp.
The Company also offers proprietary and third-party services to its customers. Proprietary services generally include: consulting, installation, integration, training, and maintenance. Revenue relating to maintenance services is recognized evenly over the coverage period of the underlying agreement. Many of the Company’s software arrangements include consulting services sold separately under consulting engagement contracts. When the arrangements qualify as service transactions, consulting revenues from these arrangements are accounted for separately from the software revenues. The significant factors considered in determining whether the revenues should be accounted for separately include the nature of the services (i.e., consideration of whether the services are essential to the functionality of the software), degree of risk, availability of services from other vendors, timing of payments, and the impact of milestones or other customer acceptance criteria on revenue realization. If there is significant uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for consulting services, the revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is resolved.
For certain long-term proprietary service contracts with fixed or “not to exceed” fee arrangements, the Company estimates proportional performance using the hours incurred as a percentage of total estimated hours to complete the project consistent with thepercentage-of-completion method of accounting. Accordingly, revenue for these contracts is recognized based on the proportion of the work performed on the contract. If there is no sufficient basis to measure progress toward completion, the revenues are recognized when final customer acceptance is received. Adjustments to contract price and estimated service hours are made periodically, and losses expected to be incurred on contracts in progress are charged to operations in the period such losses are determined. The aggregate of billings on uncompleted contracts in excess of related costs is shown as a current asset.
If an arrangement does not qualify for separate accounting of the software and consulting services, then the software revenues are recognized together with the consulting services using thepercentage-of-completion or completed contract method of accounting. Contract accounting is applied to arrangements that include: milestones or customer-specific acceptance criteria that may affect the collection of revenues, significant modification or customization of the software, or provisions that tie the payment for the software to the performance of consulting services.
In addition to proprietary services, the Company offers third-party service contracts to its customers. In such instances, the supplier is the primary obligor in the transactionfamily members and the Company bears credit risk inor its management. In June 2013, the eventboard of nonpayment by the customer. Since the Company is acting as an agent or broker with respect to such sales transactions, the Company reports revenue only in the amount of the “commission” (equal to the selling price less the cost of sale) received rather than reporting revenue in the full amount of the selling price with separate reporting of the cost of sale.
Share-based compensation.  The Company has a stock incentive plan under which it may grant non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock-settled stock appreciation rights, time-vested restricted shares, restricted share units, performance-vested restricted


50


shares, and performance shares. Shares issued pursuant to awards under this plan may be made out of treasury or authorized but unissued shares. The Company also has an employee stock purchase plan.
The Company records compensation expense related to stock options, stock-settled stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, and performance shares granted to certain employees and non-employee directors based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. The fair value of restricted share and performance share awards is based on the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the grant date. The fair value of stock option and stock-settled appreciation right awards is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Sholes-Merton option pricing model, which includes assumptions regarding the risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, life of the award, and the volatility of the Company’s common shares. Additional information regarding the assumptions used to value stock-based compensation awards is provided in Note 16,Share-Based Compensation.
Cash flows resulting from the tax benefits from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for options exercised (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As no stock options were exercised during the year ended March 31, 2009, no excess tax benefits were recognized in fiscal 2009.
Earnings per share.  Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the period and adjusting income available to common shareholders for the assumed conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, as necessary. The dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding are computed by sequencing each series of issues of potential common shares from the most dilutive to the least dilutive. Diluted earnings per share is determined as the lowest earnings per incremental share in the sequence of potential common shares. When a loss is reported, the denominator of diluted earnings per share is not adjusted for the dilutive impact of share-based compensation awards because doing so would be anti-dilutive.
Comprehensive income (loss).  Comprehensive income (loss) is the total of net income (loss), as currently reported under GAAP, plus other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) considers the effects of additional transactions and economic events that are not required to be recorded in determining net income (loss), but rather are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for fiscal years 2008, 2009, and 2010 are as follows:
                 
        Unamortized
    
        net actuarial
    
  Foreign
  Unrealized
  gains,
  Accumulated
 
  currency
  gain (loss)
  losses and
  other
 
  translation
  on
  prior
  comprehensive
 
  adjustment  securities  service cost  income (loss) 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2007 $1,260  $95  $(3,019) $(1,664)
Change during fiscal 2008  (1,503)  (169)  799   (873)
Balance at March 31, 2008  (243)  (74)  (2,220)  (2,537)
Change during fiscal 2009  (1,741)  (17)  1,405   (353)
Balance at March 31, 2009  (1,984)  (91)  (815)  (2,890)
Change during fiscal 2010  1,320   91   159   1,570 
Balance at March 31, 2010 $(664) $  $(656) $(1,320)
Fair value measurements.  The Company measures the fair value of financial assets and liabilities on a recurring or non-recurring basis. Financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis are those that are adjusted to fair value each time a financial statement is prepared. Financial assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis are those that are adjusted to fair value when a significant event occurs. In determining fair value of financial assets and liabilities, the Company uses various valuation techniques. Additional information regarding fair value measurements is provided in Note 17,Fair Value Measurements.
Cash and cash equivalents.  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Other highly liquid investments considered cash equivalents with no established maturity date are fully redeemable on demand (without penalty) with settlement of principal and accrued interest on the following business day after instruction to redeem. Such investments are readily convertible to cash with no penalty.
Concentrations of credit risk.  Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. Concentration of credit risk on accounts receivable is mitigated by the Company’s large number of


51


customers and their dispersion across many different industries and geographies. The Company extends credit based on customers’ financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. To further reduce credit risk associated with accounts receivable, the Company also performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers. In addition, the Company does not expect any party to fail to perform according to the terms of its contract.
In fiscal 2010, Verizon Communications, Inc. represented 27.0% of Agilysys total sales and 38.7% of TSG’s total sales. In fiscal 2009, Verizon Communications, Inc. represented 22.7% of Agilysys total sales and 32.6% of TSG’s total sales. In fiscal 2008, Verizon Communications, Inc. represented 11.7% of Agilysys total sales and 16.3% of TSG’s total sales.
Allowance for doubtful accounts.  The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. These allowances are based on both recent trends of certain customers estimated to be a greater credit risk as well as historic trends of the entire customer pool. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. To mitigate this credit risk the Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers.
Inventories.  The Company’s inventories are comprised of finished goods. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, net of related reserves. The cost of inventory is computed using a weighted-average method. The Company’s inventory is monitored to ensure appropriate valuation. Adjustments of inventories to the lower of cost or market, if necessary, are based upon contractual provisions such as turnover and assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If assumptions about future demand changeand/or actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional adjustments to inventory valuations may be required. The Company provides a reserve for obsolescence, which is calculated based on several factors, including an analysis of historical sales of products and the age of the inventory. Actual amounts could be different from those estimated.
Investments in corporate-owned life insurance policies and marketable securities.  The Company invests in corporate-owned life insurance policies and marketable securities primarily to satisfy future obligations of its employee benefit plans. The corporate-owned life insurance policies and marketable securities are held in a Rabbi Trust and are classified within “Prepaid and other current assets” and “Other non-current assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s investment in corporate-owned life insurance policies are held for an indefinite period and are recorded at their cash surrender value, which approximates fair value, at the balance sheet date. The Company took loans totaling $12.5 million against these policies in fiscal 2010 and used the proceeds for the payment of obligations under the SERP. The Company is not obligated to repay and does not intend to repay these loans. The aggregate cash surrender value of these life insurance policies was $13.0 million (net of policy loans totaling $12.5 million) and $23.4 million at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Certain of these corporate-owned life insurance policies are endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements. The Company entered into a separate agreement with each of the former executives covered by these arrangements whereby the Company splits a portion of the policy benefits with the former executive. At March 31, 2010, the Company recognized a charge of $0.3 million related to these benefit obligations based on estimates developed by management by evaluating actuarial information and including assumptions with respect to discount rates and mortality. This expense was classified within “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and the related liability was recorded within “Other non-current liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The aggregate cash surrender value of the underlying corporate-owned split-dollar life insurance contracts was $3.1 million (net of policy loans of $0.2 million) and $2.8 million (net of policy loans of $0.2 million) at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Changes in the cash surrender value of these policies related to gains and losses incurred on these investments are classified within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recorded gains of $0.8 million in fiscal 2010 and losses of $4.6 million and $0.7 million in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively, related to the corporate-owned life insurance policies.
The Company’s investment in marketable equity securities are held for an indefinite period and thus are classified as available for sale. The aggregate fair value of the Company’s marketable securities was $21,000 and $37,000 at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Realized gains and losses are determined on the basis of specific identification. During fiscal 2010, sales proceeds and realized losses were $61,000 and $91,000, respectively. During fiscal 2009, sales proceeds and realized losses were $0.1 million and $24,000, respectively. During fiscal 2008, sales proceeds and realized gains were $6.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company used the sales proceeds in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 to pay for the cost of actuarial and professional fees related to the employee benefit plans. The Company used the sale proceeds in fiscal 2008 to fund additional investments in corporate-owned life insurance policies. At March 31, 2010, there are no unrealized gains or losses onavailable-for-sale securities included in other comprehensive income.
Investments in affiliated companies.  The Company may periodically enter into certain investments for the promotion of business and strategic objectives, and typically does not attempt to reduce or eliminate the inherent market risks on these investments. During fiscal


52


2008, the investment in an affiliated company was redeemed by the affiliated company for $4.8 million in cash, resulting in a $1.4 million gain on redemption of the investment. The gain was classified within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Intangible assets.  Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are primarily amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets. Purchased intangible assets relating to customer relationships and supplier relationships are being amortized using an accelerated or straight-line method, which reflects the period the asset is expected to contribute to the future cash flows of the Company. The Company’s finite-lived intangible assets are being amortized over periods ranging from six months to ten years. The Company has an indefinite-lived intangible asset relating to purchased trade names. The indefinite-lived intangible asset is not amortized; rather, it is tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the carrying amount of the asset with the fair value. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount is greater than fair value.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, management took actions to realign its cost structure. These actions included a $3.8 million impairment charge related to the Company’s customer relationship intangible asset that was classified within “Restructuring charges” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The restructuring actions are described further in Note 4,Restructuring Charges (Credits). Then, in connection with the annual goodwill impairment test performed as of February 1, 2009 (discussed below), the Company concluded that an impairment existed. As a result, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $2.4 million related to the indefinite-lived intangible asset.
Goodwill.  Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets of acquired companies. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing at least annually. Goodwill is also subject to testing as necessary, if changes in circumstances or the occurrence of certain events indicate potential impairment. The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment test on February 1, 2010. As a result of this analysis, the Company concluded that there was no impairment of the recorded goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets. However, in the first quarter of fiscal 2009, impairment indicators arose with respect to the Company’s goodwill. Therefore, during the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company initiated a “step-two” analysis to measure the amount of the impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. The fair value of each reporting unit was calculated using discounted cash flow analysesdirector independence review and weighted average costs of capital of 15.5% to 23.5%, depending on the risks of the various reporting units. This “step-two” analysis was not complete as of June 30, 2008. Therefore, the Company recognized an estimated impairment charge of $33.6 million as of June 30, 2008, pending completion of the analysis. This amount did not include $16.8 million in goodwill impairment related to the acquisition of CTS Corporation (“CTS”) that was classified within “Restructuring charges” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The “step-two” analysis was updated and completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2009, resulting in the Company recognizing an additional goodwill impairment charge of $112.0 million.
The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment test as of February 1, 2009 and updated the analyses performed in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009. Based on the analysis, the Company concluded that a further impairment of goodwill had occurred. As a result, the Company recorded an additional impairment charge of $83.9 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. Total goodwill impairment charges recorded during fiscal 2009 were $229.5 million, not including the $16.8 million classified within restructuring charges in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. There were no new impairment indicators at March 31, 2010. Additional information regarding the Company’s goodwill and impairment analyses is provided in Note 5,Goodwill and Intangible Assets, and Note 17,Fair Value Measurements.
Long-lived assets.  Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, as are interest costs on capital projects. Minor replacements, maintenance, repairs, and reengineering costs are expensed as incurred. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized.
Depreciation and amortization are provided in amounts sufficient to amortize the cost of the assets, including assets recorded under capital leases, which make up a negligible portion of total assets, over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives for depreciation and amortization are as follows: buildings and building improvements — 7 to 30 years; furniture — 7 to 10 years; equipment — 3 to 10 years; software — 3 to 10 years; and leasehold improvements over the shorter of the economic life or the lease term. Internal use software costs are expensed or capitalized depending on the project stage. Amounts capitalized are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the software, ranging from 3 to 10 years, beginning with the project’s completion. Capitalized project expenditures are not depreciated until the underlying project is completed. Total depreciation expense on property and equipment was $3.9 million, $4.0 million, and $3.3 million during fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Total amortization expense on capitalized software was $3.5 million, $3.1 million, and $2.6 million during fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets whenever changes in circumstances or events may indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized in the event the carrying value of the assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of


53


$0.3 million, primarily related to capitalized software property and equipment that management determined was no longer being used to operate the business. As of March 31, 2010, the Company concluded that no additional impairment indicators existed.
Valuation of accounts payable.  The Company’s accounts payable has been reduced by amounts claimed from vendors for returns and other amounts related to incentive programs. Amounts related to incentive programs are recorded as adjustments to cost of goods sold or operating expenses, depending on the nature of the program. There is a time delay between the submission of a claim by the Company and confirmation of the claim by our vendors. Historically, the Company’s estimated claims have approximated amounts agreed to by vendors.
Supplier programs.  The Company participates in certain programs provided by various suppliers that enable it to earn volume incentives. These incentives are generally earned by achieving quarterly sales targets. The amounts earned under these programs are recorded as a reduction of cost of sales when earned. In addition, the Company receives incentives from suppliers related to cooperative advertising allowances and other programs. These incentives generally relate to agreements with the suppliers and are recorded, when earned, as a reduction of cost of sales or advertising expense, as appropriate. All costs associated with advertising and promoting products are expensed in the year incurred. Cooperative reimbursements from suppliers, which are earned and available, are recorded in the period the related advertising expenditure is incurred. Advertising and product promotional expenses, net of cooperative reimbursements received totaled $0.9 million, $2.2 million, and $1.5 million during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
Concentrations of supplier risk.  During fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, sales of products and services from the Company’s three largest original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) accounted for 66%, 65%, and 65%, respectively, of the Company’s sales volume. The Company’s relationship with its largest OEM, Sun Microsystems, Inc. (“Sun”) (now owned by Oracle), began when Agilysys acquired Innovative Systems Design, Inc. in July 2007. Sales of products and services sourced through Sun accounted for 32%, 31%, and 23% of the Company’s sales volume in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Sales of products and services sourced through HP accounted for 21%, 22%, and 27% of the Company’s sales volume in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Sales of products and services sourced through IBM accounted for 13%, 12%, and 15% of the Company’s sales volume in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The loss of any of the top three OEMs or a combination of certain other OEMs could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition unless alternative products manufactured by others are available to the Company. In addition, although the Company believes that its relationships with OEMs are good, there can be no assurance that the Company’s OEMs will continue to supply products on terms acceptable to the Company.
Income taxes.  Income tax expense includes U.S. and foreign income taxes and is based on reported income before income taxes. Deferred income taxes reflect the effect of temporary differences between assets and liabilities that are recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts that are recognized for income tax purposes. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are recognized to reduce the deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In determining whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized, the Company considers such factors as (a) expectations of future taxable income, (b) expectations of material changes in the present relationship between income reported for financial and tax purposes, and (c) tax-planning strategies.
The Company records a liability for “unrecognized tax positions,” defined as the aggregate tax effect of differences between positions taken on tax returns and the benefits recognized in the financial statements. Tax positions are measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. No tax benefits are recognized for positions that do not meet this threshold. On April 1, 2007, the Company recorded an additional liability of approximately $2.9 million for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the beginning balance of retained earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008. The Company’s income taxes are described further in Note 10.
Non-cash investing activities.  During fiscal 2008, the Company’s investment in an affiliated company was redeemed by the affiliated company for $4.8 million in cash, resulting in a $1.4 million gain on redemption of the investment. The gain was classified within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Recently adopted accounting standards.  On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted authoritative guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) on business combinations. The guidance modifies the accounting for business combinations by requiring that acquired assets and assumed liabilities be recorded at fair value, contingent consideration arrangements be recorded at fair value on the date of the acquisition, and pre-acquisition contingencies will generally be accounted for in purchase accounting at fair value. The guidance also requires that transaction costs be expensed as incurred, acquired research and development be capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset, and the requirements for exit and disposal activities be met at the acquisition date in order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures.


54


On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted authoritative guidance issued by the FASB that changes the accounting and reporting for noncontrolling interests. The guidance modifies the reporting for noncontrolling interests in the balance sheet and minority interest income (loss) in the income statement. The guidance also requires that increases and decreases in the noncontrolling ownership interest amount be accounted for as equity transactions. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures.
On June 30, 2009, the Company adopted authoritative guidance issued by the FASB on subsequent events. The guidance provides general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. The guidance provides, (a) the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements; (b) the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements; and (c) the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures.
On June 30, 2009, the Company adopted authoritative guidance issued by the FASB on interim disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments. The guidance requires an entity to provide disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods, as well as in annual financial statements. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures.
On September 30, 2009, the Company adopted authoritative guidance issued by the FASB which establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the single source of authoritative GAAP. The Company modified its disclosures to comply with the requirements. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
On April 1, 2008, the Company adopted authoritative guidance issued by the FASB on fair value measurements. The guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of the guidance apply under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. See Note 17 for additional disclosures required by this guidance.
On April 1, 2008, the Company adopted authoritative guidance issued by the FASB that permits entities to measure at fair value many financial instruments and certain other items that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. The guidance also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The Company did not elect to measure its financial instruments or any other items at fair value as permitted by the guidance. Therefore, the adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures.
Recently issued accounting standards.  In October 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverable elements, which is effective for the Company on April 1, 2011 for new revenue arrangements or material modifications to existing arrangements. The guidance amends the criteria for separating consideration in arrangements with multiple deliverable elements. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable based on: 1) vendor-specific objective evidence; 2) third-party evidence; or 3) estimates. This guidance also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. In addition, this guidance significantly expands the required disclosures related to revenue arrangements with multiple deliverable elements. Entities may elect to adopt the guidance through either prospective application for revenue arrangements entered into, or materially modified, after the effective date, or through retrospective application to all revenue arrangements for all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures.
In October 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on revenue arrangements that include software elements, which is effective for the Company on April 1, 2011. The guidance changes revenue recognition for tangible products containing software elements and non-software elements as follows: 1) the tangible product element is always excluded from the software revenue recognition guidance even when sold together with the software element; 2) the software element of the tangible product element is also excluded from the software revenue guidance when the software and non-software elements function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality; and 3) undelivered elements in a revenue arrangement related to the non-software element are also excluded from the software revenue recognition guidance. Entities must select the same transition method and same period for the adoption of both this guidance and the guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverable elements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows, or related disclosures.


55


Management continually evaluates the potential impact, if any, of all recent accounting pronouncements on its financial position, results of operations, cash flows, and related disclosures and, if significant, makes the appropriate disclosures required by such new accounting pronouncements.
Reclassifications.  Certain prior period fiscal 2009 and 2008 product and service revenues and costs of sales were reclassified (no impact on total revenues or total costs of sales) in order to conform to current period reporting presentations. Certain fiscal 2009 and 2008 amortization costs were reclassified from selling, general, and administrative expenses to costs of sales (no impact on operating income (loss)) in order to conform to current period reporting presentations. Certain fiscal 2009 and 2008 amounts related to corporate-owned life insurance policies were reclassified to conform to current period reporting presentation (no impact on income from continuing operations or cash flows provided by (used for) continuing operations. Certain fiscal 2009 and 2008 receivable and payable balances were reclassified (no impact on total current assets or total current liabilities) in order to conform to current period reporting presentations. Certain fiscal 2009 capitalized developed technology costs were reclassified to conform to current period reporting presentations (no impact on total non-current assets). Also, certain amounts in the fiscal 2008 consolidated financial statements were reclassified to reflect the results of discontinued operations of TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations (see Note 3 for additional information).
2.
ACQUISITIONS
Fiscal 2009 Acquisition
Triangle Hospitality Solutions Limited
On April 9, 2008, the Company acquired all of the shares of Triangle Hospitality Solutions Limited (“Triangle”), the UK-based reseller and specialist for the Company’s InfoGenesis products and services for $2.7 million, comprised of $2.4 million in cash and $0.3 million of assumed liabilities. Accordingly, the results of operations for Triangle have been included in these Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. Triangle enhanced the Company’s international presence and growth strategy in the UK, as well as solidified the Company’s leading position in the hospitality, stadium, and arena markets without increasing InfoGenesis’ ultimate customer base. Triangle also added to the Company’s hospitality solutions suite with the ability to offer customers the Triangle mPOS solution, which is a handheldpoint-of-sale solution which seamlessly integrates with InfoGenesis products. Based on management’s preliminary allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired (accounts receivable, inventory, and accounts payable), approximately $2.7 million was originally assigned to goodwill. Due to purchase price adjustments to increase goodwill by $0.4 million during the third quarter of fiscal 2009 and to decrease goodwill by $0.4 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, as well as the impact of favorable foreign currency translation of $0.2 million, the goodwill attributed to the Triangle acquisition is $2.9 million at March 31, 2010. Goodwill resulting from the Triangle acquisition will be deductible for income tax purposes.
Fiscal 2008 Acquisitions
Eatec
On February 19, 2008, the Company acquired all of the shares of Eatec Corporation (“Eatec”), a privately held developer and marketer of inventory and procurement software. Accordingly, the results of operations for Eatec have been included in these Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. Eatec’s software, EatecNetX (now called Eatec Solutions by Agilysys), is a recognized leading, open architecture-based, inventory and procurement management system. The software provides customers with the data and information necessary to enable them to increase sales, reduce product costs, improve back-office productivity, and increase profitability. Eatec customers include well-known restaurants, hotels, stadiums, and entertainment venues in North America and around the world, as well as many public service institutions. The acquisition further enhances the Company’s position as a leading inventory and procurement solution provider to the hospitality and foodservice markets. Eatec was acquired for a total cost of $23.5 million, net of cash acquired of $1.5 million. Based on management’s allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired, approximately $18.3 million was assigned to goodwill.
During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, management completed its purchase price allocation and assigned $6.2 million of the acquisition cost to identifiable intangible assets as follows: $1.4 million to non-compete agreements, which will be amortized between two and seven years; $2.2 million to customer relationships, which will be amortized over seven years; $1.8 million to developed technology, which will be amortized over five years; and $0.8 million to trade names, which have an indefinite life.


56


During the first, second and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009, goodwill impairment charges were taken relating to the Eatec acquisition in the amounts of $1.3 million, $14.4 million, and $3.4 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, $1.7 million remains on the Company’s balance sheet in goodwill relating to the Eatec acquisition.
Innovative Systems Design, Inc.
On July 2, 2007, the Company acquired all of the shares of Innovative Systems Design, Inc. (“Innovative”), the largest U.S. commercial reseller of Sun Microsystems servers and storage products. Accordingly, the results of operations for Innovative have been included in these Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. Innovative is an integrator and solution provider of servers, enterprise storage management products, and professional services. The acquisition of Innovative established a new and significant relationship between Sun Microsystems and the Company. Innovative was acquired for an initial cost of $100.1 million, net of cash acquired of $8.5 million. Additionally, the Company was required to pay an earn-out of two dollars for every dollar of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, or EBITDA, greater than $50.0 million in cumulative EBITDA over the first two years after consummation of the acquisition. The earn-out was limited to a maximum payout of $90.0 million. As a result of existing and anticipated EBITDA, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recognized $35.0 million of the $90.0 million maximum earn-out, which was paid in April 2008. In addition, due to certain changes in the sourcing of materials, the Company amended its agreement with the Innovative shareholders whereby the maximum payout available to the Innovative shareholders was limited to $58.65 million, inclusive of the $35.0 million paid. The EBITDA target required for the shareholders to be eligible for an additional payout was $67.5 million in cumulative EBITDA over the first two years after the close of the acquisition. The earn-out expired during fiscal 2010 and no additional payout was accrued or made.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, management completed its purchase price allocation and assigned $29.7 million of the acquisition cost to identifiable intangible assets as follows: $4.8 million to non-compete agreements, $5.5 million to customer relationships, and $19.4 million to supplier relationships that will be amortized over useful lives ranging from two to five years.
Based on management’s allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired, approximately $97.8 million was assigned to goodwill. Goodwill resulting from the Innovative acquisition will be deductible for income tax purposes. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, a goodwill impairment charge was taken relating to the Innovative acquisition for $74.5 million. As of March 31, 2010, $23.3 million remains on the Company’s balance sheet as goodwill relating to the Innovative acquisition.
InfoGenesis
On June 18, 2007, the Company acquired all of the shares of IG Management Company, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, InfoGenesis and InfoGenesis Asia Limited (collectively, “InfoGenesis”), an independent software vendor and solution provider to the hospitality market. Accordingly, the results of operations for InfoGenesis have been included in these Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. InfoGenesis offers enterprise-classpoint-of-sale solutions that provide end users a highly intuitive, secure, and easy way to process customer transactions across multiple departments or locations, including comprehensive corporate and store reporting. InfoGenesis has a significant presence in casinos, hotels and resorts, cruise lines, stadiums, and foodservice. The acquisition provides the Company a complementary offering that extends its reach into new segments of the hospitality market, broadens its customer base and increases its software application offerings. InfoGenesis was acquired for a total acquisition cost of $88.8 million, net of cash acquired of $1.8 million.
InfoGenesis had intangible assets with a net book value of $15.9 million as of the acquisition date, which were included in the acquired net assets to determine goodwill. Intangible assets were assigned values as follows: $3.0 million to developed technology, which will be amortized between six months and three years; $4.5 million to customer relationships, which will be amortized between two and seven years; and $8.4 million to trade names, which have an indefinite life. Based on management’s allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired, approximately $71.8 million was assigned to goodwill. Goodwill resulting from the InfoGenesis acquisition will not be deductible for income tax purposes. During the first, second, and fourth quarters of fiscal 2009, goodwill impairment charges were taken relating to the InfoGenesis acquisition in the amounts of $3.9 million, $57.4 million, and $3.8 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, $6.7 million remains on the Company’s balance sheet as goodwill relating to the InfoGenesis acquisition.


57


Pro Forma Disclosure of Financial Information
The following table summarizes the Company’s unaudited consolidated results of operations as if the InfoGenesis and Innovative acquisitions occurred on April 1:
             
  Year Ended March 31,
 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
 
Net sales $640,431  $730,720  $841,101 
Income (loss) from continuing operations $3,576  $(282,187) $7,068 
Net income (loss) $3,547  $(284,134) $8,908 
Earnings (loss) per share — basic income from continuing operations $0.16  $(12.49) $0.25 
Earnings (loss) per share — basic net income $0.16  $(12.58) $0.32 
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted income from continuing operations $0.15  $(12.49) $0.25 
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted net income $0.15  $(12.58) $0.31 
Stack Computer, Inc.
On April 2, 2007, the Company acquired all of the shares of Stack Computer, Inc. (“Stack”). Stack’s customers include leading corporations in the financial services, healthcare, and manufacturing industries. Accordingly, the results of operations for Stack have been included in these Consolidated Financial Statements from that date forward. Stack also operates a highly sophisticated solution center, which is used to emulate customer IT environments, train staff, and evaluate technology. The acquisition of Stack strategically provides the Company with product solutions and services offerings that significantly enhance its existing storage and professional services business. Stack was acquired for a total acquisition cost of $23.8 million, net of cash acquired of $1.4 million.
Management made an adjustment of $0.8 million to the fair value of acquired capital equipment and assigned $11.7 million of the acquisition cost to identifiable intangible assets as follows: $1.5 million to non-compete agreements, which will be amortized over five years using the straight-line amortization method; $1.3 million to customer relationships, which will be amortized over five years using an accelerated amortization method; and $8.9 million to supplier relationships, which will be amortized over ten years using an accelerated amortization method.
Based on management’s allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired, approximately $13.3 million was assigned to goodwill. Goodwill resulting from the Stack acquisition is deductible for income tax purposes. During the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009, goodwill impairment charges were taken relating to the Stack acquisition in the amounts of $7.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, $3.4 million remains on the Company’s balance sheet as goodwill relating to the Stack acquisition.
3.
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
TSG’s China and Hong Kong Operations
In July, 2008, the Company decided to discontinue its TSG operations in China and Hong Kong. As a result, the Company classified TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations asheld-for-sale and discontinued operations, and began exploring divestiture opportunities for these operations. Agilysys acquired TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations in December 2005. As a result of this decision, the Company wrote-off goodwill associated with TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations totaling $0.9 million in fiscal 2009. During January 2009, the Company sold the stock related to TSG’s China operations and certain assets of TSG’s Hong Kong operations, receiving proceeds of $1.4 million, which resulted in a pre-tax loss on the sale of discontinued operations of $0.8 million. The remaining unsold assets and liabilities related to TSG’s China and Hong Kong operations, which primarily consisted of amounts associated with service and maintenance agreements, were substantially settled as of March 31, 2010. The assets and liabilities of these operations are classified as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the operations were reported as discontinued operations in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods presented.
Sale of Assets and Operations of KeyLink Systems Distribution Business
During fiscal 2007, the Company sold the assets and operations of KSG for $485.0 million in cash, subject to a working capital adjustment. Through the sale of KSG, the Company exited all distribution-related businesses and now exclusively sells directly to end-user customers. By monetizing the value of KSG, the Company significantly increased its financial flexibility and redeployed the proceeds in efforts to accelerate the growth of its ongoing business both organically and through acquisition. The sale of KSG represented a disposal of a


58


component of an entity. Income from discontinued operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 includes the settlement of obligations and contingencies of KSG that existed as of the date the assets and operations of KSG were sold.
In connection with the sale of KSG, the Company entered into a product procurement agreement (“PPA”) with Arrow Electronics, Inc. (“Arrow”). Under the PPA, the Company is required to purchase a minimum of $330 million of products each fiscal year during the term of the agreement (5 years), adjusted for product availability and other factors.
Components of Results of Discontinued Operations
For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 the (loss) income from discontinued operations was comprised of the following:
             
  2010  2009  2008 
 
 
Discontinued operations:            
Resolution of contingencies related to KSG $  $(1,620)  $4,664 
Resolution of contingencies related to the Industrial Electronics Division     (11)   (8) 
Loss from operations of TSG’s China and Hong Kong businesses  (29)   (752)   (1,178) 
Loss on sale of TSG’s China and Hong Kong businesses     (787)    
   (29)   (3,170)   3,478 
(Benefit) provision for income taxes     (1,223)   1,677 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations $(29)  $(1,947)  $1,801 
4.
RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (CREDITS)
Fiscal 2009 Restructuring Activity
First and Second Quarters Professional Services Restructuring.  During the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009, the Company performed a detailed review of the business to identify opportunities to improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs. As part of this cost reduction effort, management reorganized the professional servicesgo-to-market strategy by consolidating its management and delivery groups, resulting in a workforce reduction that was comprised mainly of service personnel. The Company will continue to offer specific proprietary professional services, including identity management, security, and storage virtualization; however, it will increase the use of external business partners. A total of $23.5 million in restructuring charges were recorded during fiscal 2009 ($23.1 million and $0.4 million in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009, respectively) for these actions. The costs related to one-time termination benefits associated with the workforce reduction ($2.5 million and $0.4 million in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2009, respectively), and goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges ($20.6 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2009), which related to the Company’s fiscal 2005 acquisition of The CTS Corporations (“CTS”). Payment of these one-time termination benefits was substantially complete in fiscal 2009. The entire $23.5 million restructuring charge relates to the TSG reportable business segment.
Third Quarter Management Restructuring.  During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company took steps to realign its cost and management structure. During October 2008, the Company’s former Chairman, President and CEO announced his retirement, effective immediately. In addition, four Company vice presidents, as well as other support personnel, were terminated. The Company also relocated its headquarters from Boca Raton, Florida, to Solon, Ohio, where the Company has a facility with a large number of employees, and cancelled the lease on its financial interests in two airplanes. These actions resulted in restructuring charges totaling $13.4 million as of December 31, 2008, comprised mainly of termination benefits for the above-mentioned management changes and the costs incurred to relocate the corporate headquarters. Also included in the restructuring charges was a non-cash charge for a curtailment loss of $4.5 million under the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). An additional $0.2 million expense was incurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 as a result of an impairment tosuch review determined that each of R. Andrew Cueva, Jerry Jones, Keith M. Kolerus, Robert A. Lauer, Robert G. McCreary, III, and John Mutch qualify as independent directors. Mr. Dennedy is not independent because of his service as President and CEO.





Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees andServices.

The Audit Committee reviewed the leasehold improvements at the Company’s former headquarters in Boca Raton, Florida. These restructuring charges are included in Corporate/Other.
Fourth Quarter Management Restructuring.  During the fourth quarterfees of fiscal 2009, the Company took additional steps to realign its cost and management structure. An additional four Company vice presidents, as well as other support and sales personnel, were terminated during the quarter. These actions resulted in a restructuring charge of $3.7 million during the quarter, comprised mainly of


59


termination benefitsErnst & Young LLP (“E&Y”), our Independent Accountant for the above-mentioned management changes. Also included in the restructuring charges was a non-cash charge for a curtailment loss of $1.2 million under the Company’s SERP. These restructuring charges are included in Corporate/Other.
During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded an additional $0.8 million in restructuring charges associated with the restructuring actions taken in the third and fourthfirst two quarters of fiscal 2009. The additional restructuring charges were primarily comprisedyear 2012, and of non-cash settlement charges related toPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ("PwC"), our Independent Accountant for fiscal year 2013 and the paymentthird quarter and year-end of obligations under the Company’s SERP to two former executives.fiscal year 2012. Fees for services rendered by E&Y and PwC for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were:
The restructuring actions discussed above resulted in restructuring charges totaling $0.8 million and $40.8 million
Fiscal Year
Audit
Fees ($)
Audit-Related
Fees ($)
Tax
Fees ($)
All Other
Fees ($)
2013633,400
103,000


20121,166,869
151,530
46,239


“Audit Fees” consist of fees billed for professional services provided for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company expects to incur additional restructuring chargesannual audit of approximately $0.9 million between fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012 for non-cash settlement charges related to the expected paymentour financial statements, annual audit of SERP obligations to two other former executives and for ongoing facility obligations.
Following is a reconciliationinternal control over financial reporting, review of the beginninginterim financial statements included in quarterly reports, and ending balances of the restructuring liability:
                         
  Severance and
        Goodwill and
       
  Other
        Long Lived
       
  Employment
     Other
  Intangible
       
  Costs  Facilities  Expenses  Assets  SERP  Total 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2008 $1  $43  $  $  $  $44 
Additions  12,919   1,422   171   20,571   5,664   40,747 
Accretion of lease obligations     54            54 
Write off of intangibles           (20,571)     (20,571)
Curtailment of benefit plan obligations              (5,664)  (5,664)
Payments  (4,074)  (477)  (132)        (4,683)
Balance at March 31, 2009 $8,846  $1,042  $39  $  $  $9,927 
Additions              821   821 
Accretion of lease obligations     93            93 
Settlement of benefit plan obligations              (821)  (821)
Payments  (7,497)  (455)  (39)        (7,991)
Adjustments  (60)  (31)           (91)
Balance at March 31, 2010
 $1,289  $649  $  $  $  $1,938 
Of the remaining $1.9 million liability at March 31, 2010, $1.0 million of severance and other employment costs are expected to be paid during fiscal 2011 and $0.3 million is expected to be paid in fiscal 2012. Approximately $0.2 million is expected to be paid during fiscal 2011 for ongoing facility obligations. Facility obligations are expected to continue through fiscal 2014.
Components of Restructuring Charges (Credits)
Included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are restructuring charges of $0.8 million and $40.8 million in fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively, and restructuring credits of $75,000 in fiscal 2008. Restructuring charges in fiscal 2010 were primarily comprised of non-cash settlement charges related to the payment of obligations under the Company’s SERP to two former executives. Restructuring charges in fiscal 2009 were comprised of the following: $54,000 for accretion expense, $12.9 million for severance adjustments, $20.6 million for CTS goodwill and intangible asset impairment, $5.7 million related to SERP and additional service credits liability curtailments, $1.4 million related to the Boca Raton, Florida facility, and $0.1 million related to the management transition and the buyout of the airplane lease. In fiscal 2008, the $75,000 restructuring credits were primarily comprised of accretion expense for lease obligations, credits related to the difference between actual and accrued sublease income and common area costs, and a credit for severance adjustments.


60


5.
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The Company allocates the cost of its acquisitions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the cost over the fair value of the identified net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill
The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level upon identification of impairment indicators, or at least annually. A reporting unit is the operating segment or one level below the operating segment (depending on whether certain criteria are met). Goodwill was allocated to the Company’s reporting unitsservices that are anticipated to benefit from the synergies of the business combinations generating the underlying goodwill. As discussed in Note 13, the Company has three operating segments and five reporting units.
The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment test on February 1, 2010. As a result of this analysis, the Company concluded that there was no impairment of the recorded goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets. However, during fiscal 2009, indictors of potential impairment caused the Company to conduct interim impairment tests. Those indicators included the following: a significant decrease in market capitalization, a decline in recent operating results, and a decline in the Company’s business outlook primarily due to the macroeconomic environment during fiscal 2009. The Company completed step one of the impairment analysis and concluded that, as of June 30, 2008, the fair value of three of its reporting units was below their respective carrying values, including goodwill. The three reporting units that showed potential impairment were HSG, RSG, and Stack (formerly a reporting unit within TSG). As such, step two of the impairment test was initiated in order to measure the amount of the impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of each reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value.
The calculation of the goodwill impairment in the step-two analysis includes hypothetically valuing all of the tangible and intangible assets of the impaired operating segments or reporting units as if the operating segments or reporting units had been acquired in a business combination. The GAAP definition of fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value assumes the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, considering the use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible at the measurement date. Highest and best use is determined by market participants, even if the Company’s intended use of the asset is different. Additional information regarding the Company’s assumptions and methodology used for goodwill impairment analyses isnormally provided in Note 17,Fair Value Measurements.
Due to the extensive work involved in performing these valuations, the step-two analysis had not been completed at the time of the filing of the June 30, 2008Form 10-Q. Therefore, the Company recorded an estimate in the amount of $33.6 million in non-cash goodwill impairment charges as of June 30, 2008, excluding the $16.8 million devaluation of goodwill classified as restructuring charges and discussed in Note 4. The estimated impairment charges related to the company’s business segments as follows: $7.4 million to HSG, $18.4 million to RSG, and $7.8 million to TSG. As a result of completing the step-two analysis, the Company recorded additional impairment charges totaling $112.0 million as of September 30, 2008, with $103.4 million, $6.5 million, and $2.1 million related to HSG, RSG, and TSG, respectively.
The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment test as of February 1, 2009 and concluded that goodwill was impaired by an additional $83.9 million, with $9.3 million, and $74.6 million related to HSG and TSG, respectively. In total, goodwill impairment charges recorded in 2009 were $229.5 million, excluding the $16.8 million classified as restructuring charges and discussed in Note 4,Restructuring Charges (Credits). The fiscal2009 year-to-date goodwill impairment totals for each of the three reporting segments were $120.1 million for HSG, $24.9 million for RSG, and $84.5 million for TSG.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
                 
  HSG  RSG  TSG  Total 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2008 $136,043  $24,912  $137,465  $298,420 
Goodwill acquired (see Note 2)  3,051         3,051 
Goodwill adjustments (see Note 2)  (3,815)     56   (3,759)
Goodwill related to discontinued operations (see Note 3)        (860)  (860)
Goodwill related to restructuring (see Note 4)        (16,811)  (16,811)
Goodwill impairment losses  (120,087)  (24,912)  (84,456)  (229,455)
Impact of foreign currency translation  4      (208)  (204)
Balance at March 31, 2009
 $15,196  $  $35,186  $50,382 


61


                 
  HSG  RSG  TSG  Total 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2009 $135,283  $24,912  $119,642  $279,837 
Accumulated impairment losses  (120,087)  (24,912)  (84,456)  (229,455)
   15,196      35,186   50,382 
Goodwill adjustment (see Note 2)  (360)        (360)
Impact of foreign currency translation  174      222   396 
Balance at March 31, 2010
 $15,010  $  $35,408  $50,418 
Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes the Company’s intangible assets at March 31, 2010, and 2009:
                         
  2010
  2009
 
  Gross
     Net
  Gross
     Net
 
  carrying
  Accumulated
  carrying
  carrying
  Accumulated
  carrying
 
  amount  amortization  amount  amount  amortization  amount 
 
 
Amortized intangible assets:                        
Customer relationships $24,957  $(20,318) $4,639  $24,957  $(18,341) $6,616 
Supplier relationships  28,280   (22,584)  5,696   28,280   (19,094)  9,186 
Non-competition agreements  9,610   (5,553)  4,057   9,610   (3,884)  5,726 
Developed technology  10,085   (7,271)  2,814   10,085   (6,014)  4,071 
Patented technology  80   (80)     80   (80)   
Project expenditures not yet in use (Guest 360tm)
  5,204      5,204   960      960 
   78,216   (55,806)  22,410   73,972   (47,413)  26,559 
Unamortized intangible assets:                        
Trade names  12,500   N/A   12,500   12,500   N/A   12,500 
Accumulated impairment  (2,400)  N/A   (2,400)  (2,400)  N/A   (2,400)
   10,100   N/A   10,100   10,100   N/A   10,100 
Total intangible assets $88,316  $(55,806) $32,510  $84,072  $(47,413) $36,659 
Customer relationships are amortized over estimated useful lives between two and seven years; non-competition agreements are amortized over estimated useful lives between two and eight years; developed technology is amortized over estimated useful lives between three and eight years; supplier relationships are amortized over estimated useful lives between two and ten years.
The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment test on February 1, 2010 and concluded that there was no impairment of the recorded indefinite-lived intangible asset amounts. During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recorded a $3.8 million impairment charge related to TSG’s customer relationship intangible asset that was classified within restructuring charges and is described further in Note 4. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, in connection with the annual goodwill impairment test performed as of February 1, 2009, the Company concluded thatstatutory and regulatory filings. “Audit-Related Fees” generally include fees for employee benefits plan audits, business acquisitions, and accounting consultations. “Tax Fees” include tax compliance and tax advice services. “All Other Fees” generally relate to services provided in connection with non-audit acquisition activities.

The Audit Committee adopted an impairment of its indefinite-lived intangible asset existed. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $2.4 million relatedAudit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy (the “Policy”) to the indefinite-lived intangible asset, which related to HSG.
Amortization expenseensure compliance with SEC and other rules and regulations relating to intangible assets forauditor independence, with the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009goal of safeguarding the continued independence of our independent registered public accounting firm (“Independent Accountant”). The Policy sets forth the procedures and 2008 was $8.4 million, $20.0 million,conditions pursuant to which audit, review, and $17.7 million, respectively.


62


The estimated amortization expense relatingattest services and non-audit services to intangible assets for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:
     
  Amount 
 
 
Fiscal year ending March 31    
2011 $4,744 
2012  4,512 
2013  3,357 
2014  2,134 
2015  1,747 
Total estimated amortization expense for the next five years $16,494 
6.
INVESTMENT IN MAGIRUS — SOLD IN NOVEMBER 2008
In November 2008, the Company sold its 20% ownership interest in Magirus AG (“Magirus”), a privately owned European enterprise computer systems distributor headquartered in Stuttgart, Germany, for $2.3 million. In July 2008, the Company also received a dividend from Magirus of $7.3 million related to Magirus’ fiscal 2008 sale of a portion of its distribution business. As a result, the Company received total proceeds of $9.6 million from Magirus during fiscal 2009. Accordingly, the Company adjusted the fair value as of March 31, 2008 to the net present value of the subsequent cash proceeds. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, this adjustment resulted in charges of $4.9 million for the impairment of the investment and $5.5 million for the write-off of the cumulative currency translation adjustment related to this investment.
Prior to March 31, 2008, the Company decided to sell its 20% investment in Magirus. Therefore, the Company classified its ownership interest in Magirus in its Consolidated Balance Sheets as an investment held for sale until it was sold in November 2008.
On April 1, 2008, the Company began to account for its investment in Magirus using the cost method, rather than the equity method of accounting. The Company changed to the cost method because management did not have the ability to exercise significant influence over Magirus, which is one of the requirements contained in the FASB authoritative guidance that is necessary in order to account for an investment in common stock under the equity method of accounting.
Because of the Company’s inability to obtain and include audited financial statements of Magirus for fiscal years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 as required byRule 3-09 ofRegulation S-X, the SEC stated that it will not permit effectiveness of any new securities registration statements or post-effective amendments, if any, until such time as the Company files audited financial statements that reflect the disposition of Magirus or the Company requests, and the SEC grants, reliefbe provided to the Company fromby the requirementsour Independent Accountant may be pre-approved. The Audit Committee is required to pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by our Independent Accountant to assure that the provision ofRule 3-09 such services does not impair independence. Unless a type ofRegulation S-X. As part service to be provided has received pre-approval as set forth in the Policy, it will require separate pre-approval by the Audit Committee before commencement of the engagement. Any proposed service that has received pre-approval but which will exceed pre-approved cost limits will require separate pre-approval by the Audit Committee. All audit, non-audit, and tax services were pre-approved by the Audit Committee during fiscal years 2013 and 2012.




28


PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)(1) Financial statements. The following consolidated financial statements are included herein and are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8 of this restriction, the Company is not permitted to file any new securities registration statements that are intended to automatically go into effect when they are filed, nor can the Company make offerings under effective registration statements or under Rules 505 and 506Annual Report:
Report of Regulation D where any purchasersPricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
Report of securities are not accredited investors under Rule 501(a) of Regulation D. These restrictions do not apply to the following: offerings or sales of securities upon the conversion of outstanding convertible securities or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or rights; dividend or interest reinvestment plans; employee benefit plans, including stock option plans; transactions involving secondary offerings; or sales of securities under Rule 144A.Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
7.
LEASE COMMITMENTS
Capital Leases
The Company is the lessee of certain equipment under capital leases expiring in various years through fiscal 2013. The assets and liabilities under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the asset. The assets are depreciated over the shorter of their related lease terms or their estimated productive lives. Depreciation of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.


63


Minimum future lease payments under capital leases as of March 31, 2010, for each of the next five years and in the aggregate are:
     
  Amount 
 
 
Fiscal year ending March 31    
2011 $350 
2012  319 
2013  82 
2014   
2015 and thereafter   
Total minimum lease payments $751 
Less: amount representing interest  (56)
Present value of minimum lease payments $695 
Interest rates on capitalized leases vary from 5.8% to 14.4% and are imputed based on the lower of the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the inception of each lease or the lessor’s implicit rate of return.
Operating Leases
The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under non-cancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through fiscal 2017 and require the Company to pay a portion of the related operating expenses such as maintenance, property taxes, and insurance. Certain facilities and equipment leases contain renewal options for periods up to ten years. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. Certain facilities leases have free or escalating rent payment provisions. Rent expense under such leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The following is a schedule by year of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases, excluding the related operating expenses, which have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of a year as of March 31, 2010:
     
  Amount 
 
 
Fiscal year ending March 31    
2011 $5,768 
2012  4,600 
2013  4,191 
2014  3,388 
2015  2,619 
Thereafter  3,495 
Total minimum lease payments $24,061 
Total minimum future rental payments have been reduced by $96,000 of sublease rentals estimated to be received in the future under non-cancelable subleases. Rental expense for all non-cancelable operating leases amounted to $8.1 million, $8.0 million, and $7.9 million for fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.


64


8.
FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
The following is a summary of long-term obligations at March 31, 2010, and 2009:
         
  2010  2009 
 
 
IBM floor plan agreement $  $74,159 
Capital lease obligations  695   395 
   695   74,554 
Less: current maturities  (311)   (74,397) 
Long-term capital lease obligations $384  $157 
Revolving Credit Agreement
On May 5, 2009, the Company executed a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A., as agent for the lenders from time to time party thereto, which replaced a previous credit facility that was terminated on January 20, 2009. The Credit Facility provides $50 million of credit (which may be increased to $75 million by a $25 million “accordion provision”) for borrowings and letters of credit and will mature May 5, 2012. The Company’s obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by all of the Company’s assets. The Credit Facility establishes a borrowing base for availability of loans predicated on the level of the Company’s accounts receivable meeting banking industry criteria. The aggregate unpaid principal amount of all borrowings, to the extent not previously repaid, is repayable at maturity. Borrowings also are repayable at such other earlier times as may be required under or permitted by the terms of the Credit Facility. LIBOR Loans under this Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR for the applicable interest period plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.0% to 3.5%. Base rate loans (as defined in the Credit Facility) bear interest at the Base Rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% to 2.5%. Interest is payable on the first of each month in arrears. There is no premium or penalty for prepayment of borrowings under the Credit Facility.
The Credit Facility contains normal mandatory repayment provisions, representations, and warranties and covenants for a secured credit facility of this type. The Credit Facility also contains customary Events of Defaults upon the occurrence of which, among other remedies, the Lenders may terminate their commitments and accelerate the maturity of indebtedness and other obligations under the Credit Facility.
The Company’s Credit Facility also contains a loan covenant that restricts total capital expenditures from exceeding $10.0 million in any fiscal year. During the third quarter of fiscal 2010, management determined that in the fourth quarter, the Company would exceed the $10.0 million covenant limit for fiscal 2010 due to capitalized labor related to the development of the company’s new proprietary property management system software, Guest 360tm, as well as the acceleration of the time line related to the internal implementation of the new Oracle ERP system. On January 20, 2010, the company obtained a waiver from the Lender increasing the covenant restriction from $10.0 million to $15.0 million for fiscal 2010. The loan covenant restricting total capital expenditures will revert to the $10.0 million limit for the remaining fiscal years under the Credit Facility’s term.
As of March 31, 2010, the Company had no amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility and $44.1 million was available for future borrowings. However, at March 31, 2010, the Company would have been and still would be limited to borrowing no more than $29.1 million under the Credit Facility in order to maintain compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the Credit Facility. The Company has no intention to borrow amounts under the Credit Facility in the near term.
IBM Floor Plan Agreement
On February 22, 2008, the Company entered into the Fourth Amended and Restated Agreement for Inventory Financing (Unsecured) (“Inventory Financing Agreement”) with IBM Credit LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”). In addition to providing the Inventory Financing Agreement, IBM has engaged and may engage as a primary supplier to the Company in the ordinary course of business. Under the Inventory Financing Agreement, the Company may finance the purchase of products from authorized suppliers up to an aggregate outstanding amount of $145 million. On February 2, 2009, IBM lowered the credit line from $150 million to $100 million due to the loss of a significant syndicate partner in the credit line. There were no changes, except for


65


the lower credit line, and both parties continued to operate under the existing terms. The Company entered into the IBM flooring arrangement in February 2008 to realize the benefit of extended payment terms. This Inventory Financing Agreement provided the Company 75 days of interest-free financing, which was better than the trade accounts payable terms provided by the Company’s vendors. Prior to February 2008, the Company solely utilized trade accounts payable to finance working capital.
The Company was in discussions with IBM regarding an increase or overline component to the inventory financing agreement, whether through establishing a new comprehensive financing agreement or due to the passage of time as credit market conditions improve. However, on May 4, 2009, the Company decided to terminate its Inventory Financing Agreement with IBM and primarily fund working capital through open accounts payable provided by its trade vendors, or the Credit Facility discussed above. At the time of the termination, there was $60.9 million outstanding under this Inventory Financing Agreement that the Company subsequently repaid using cash on hand.


66


9.
ADDITIONAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
Additional information related to the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets is as follows:
         
  2010  2009 
 
 
Other non-current assets:
        
Corporate-owned life insurance policies $15,904  $26,172 
Marketable securities  21   37 
Investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund     638 
Other  2,250   2,161 
Total $18,175  $29,008 
Accrued liabilities:
        
Salaries, wages, and related benefits $8,248  $9,575 
SERP obligations  2,504   11,103 
Other employee benefit obligations  35   1,010 
Restructuring liabilities  1,206   7,901 
Other taxes payable  3,170   5,016 
Income taxes payable     855 
Other  2,542   2,347 
Total $17,705  $37,807 
Other non-current liabilities:
        
BEP obligations $4,705  $3,797 
SERP obligations  5,908   7,182 
Other employee benefit obligations  419   99 
Income taxes payable  5,879   7,168 
Restructuring liabilities  732   2,026 
Capital leases  384   157 
Deferred income taxes  412    
Other  1,011   1,159 
Total $19,450  $21,588 
“Other non-current assets” in the table above includes the cash surrender value of certain corporate-owned life insurance policies. These policies are presented net of policy loans and are maintained to informally fund the Company’s obligations with respect to the employee benefit plan obligations included within accrued liabilities and other non-current liabilities in the table above. The Company adjusts the carrying value of these contracts to the cash surrender value (which is considered fair value) at the end of each reporting period. Such periodic adjustments are included in “Other (income) expenses, net” within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additional information with respect to the Company’s corporate-owned life insurance policies and SERP, BEP, and other employee benefit plans obligations is provided in Note 11.


67


10.
INCOME TAXES
The components of (loss) income before income taxes from continuing operations and income tax provision are as follows:
  ��          
  2010  2009  2008 
 
 
(Loss) income before income taxes            
Domestic $(7,799) $(283,732) $2,021 
Foreign  6,199   449   (1,085)
Total $(1,600) $(283,283) $936 
Provision for income taxes            
Current            
Federal $(12,277) $3,958  $2,632 
State and local  912   1,813   (514)
Foreign  (407)  168   (391)
Total  (11,772)  5,939   1,727 
Deferred            
Federal  6,513   (7,526)  (2,571)
State and local     491   (250)
Foreign  83      172 
Total  6,596   (7,035)  (2,649)
Benefit for income taxes $(5,176) $(1,096) $(922)
A reconciliation of the Company’s federal statutory and effective income tax for continuing operations is as follows:
             
  2010  2009  2008 
 
 
Income tax (benefit) provision at the statutory rate of 35%  (560)  (99,149)  328 
Provision (benefit) for state taxes  720   (7,082)  (497)
Impact of foreign operations  (1,918)  850   31 
Goodwill adjustment/impairment  (14)  47,308    
Nontaxable settlement proceeds  (805)      
Change in valuation allowance  (2,885)  51,558   (138)
(Settlement) adjustment of income tax audits  (476)  850   (822)
Meals & entertainment  283   850   1,181 
Equity investment — Magirus        (1,699)
Compensation  46   1,416   492 
Other  433   2,303   202 
Benefit for income taxes  (5,176)  (1,096)  (922)


68


Deferred tax assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
         
  2010  2009 
 
 
Deferred tax assets:        
Accrued liabilities $3,414  $2,765 
Allowance for doubtful accounts  495   1,039 
Inventory valuation reserve  540   1,254 
Restructuring reserve  729   3,568 
Foreign net operating losses  474   435 
State net operating losses  2,127   1,017 
Deferred compensation  4,678   8,150 
Deferred revenue  16   778 
Goodwill and other intangible assets  30,948   32,694 
State and other  6,946   8,919 
   50,367   60,619 
Less: valuation allowance  (49,295)  (52,177)
Total  1,072   8,442 
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Property and equipment & software amortization  443   1,037 
Other     58 
Total  443   1,095 
Total deferred tax assets $629  $7,347 
At March 31, 2010, the Company’s Hong Kong subsidiary had $2.6 million of net operating loss carryforwards that can be carried forward indefinitely. At March 31, 2010, the Company also had $49.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards that expire, if unused, in fiscal years 2011 through 2027. During fiscal 2010, the Company received $2.7 million in income tax refunds, net of income tax payments.
At March 31, 2010, the total valuation allowance against deferred tax assets of $49.3 million was mainly comprised of a valuation allowance of $48.7 million for federal and state deferred tax assets, and a valuation allowance of $0.5 million associated with deferred tax assets in Hong Kong that will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. In order to fully realize the deferred tax assets, the Company will need to generate future taxable income before the expiration of the deferred tax assets governed by the tax code. Based on the level of historical taxable income over the periods for which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences.


69


The Company records a liability for “unrecognized tax positions,” defined as the aggregate tax effect of differences between positions taken on tax returns and the benefits recognized in the financial statements. Tax positions are measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. No tax benefits are recognized for positions that do not meet this threshold. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
             
  2010  2009  2008 
 
Balance at April 1 $5,651  $5,997  $8,055 
Additions:            
Relating to positions taken during current year  53   260   1,372 
Relating to positions taken during prior year  629   1,401   3,454 
Reductions:            
Relating to tax settlements  (1,084)  (964)  (4,635)
Relating to positions taken during prior year  (133)  (588)  (899)
Relating to lapse in statute  (660)  (353)   
Due to business acquisitions     (102)  (1,350)
Balance at March 31 $4,456  $5,651  $5,997 
The Company recognizes interest accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. Penalties are recognized as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. As of both March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had approximately $2.0 million of interest and penalties accrued.
As of March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company had recorded a liability of $4.5 million, $5.7 million, and $6.0 million, respectively, related to uncertain tax positions, the recognition of which would affect the Company’s effective income tax rate in each period.
The Company completed certain state income tax audits during fiscal 2010, which reduced the accrual for unrecognized tax benefits when the Company paid $1.4 million. Due to the ongoing nature of current examinations in multiple jurisdictions, other changes could occur in the amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits during the next 12 months, which cannot be estimated at this time.
The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for the tax years ended March 31, 2007 and 2008. The examination for fiscal years 2007 and 2008 commenced in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 and the second quarter of fiscal 2010, respectively. The Company was notified in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 by the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) that it is examining the tax years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005. There are no years open prior to fiscal 2004 in any foreign jurisdiction. The Company is currently being audited by multiple state taxing jurisdictions. In material jurisdictions, the Company has tax years open back to and including fiscal 2000.
11.
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company maintains profit-sharing and 401(k) plans for employees meeting certain service requirements. Generally, the plans allow eligible employees to contribute a portion of their compensation, with the Company matching $1.00 for every $1.00 on the first 1% of the employee’s pre-tax contributions and $0.50 for every $1.00 up to the next 5% of the employee’s pre-tax contributions. The Company may also make discretionary contributions each year for the benefit of all eligible employees under the plans. Effective September 7, 2009, the Company suspended the employer matching contribution to the 401(k) plan. In February 2010, the Company announced that the employer matching contribution to the 401(k) plan would be reinstated effective January 1, 2011. Total profit sharing and Company matching contributions were $1.3 million, $4.0 million, and $3.2 million in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
The Company also provides a non-qualified benefit equalization plan (“BEP”) covering certain employees, which provides for employee deferrals and Company retirement deferrals so that the total retirement deferrals equal amounts that would have been contributed to the Company’s 401(k) plan if it were not for limitations imposed by income tax regulations. The benefit obligation related to the BEP was $4.7 and $3.8 million at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company also suspended matching contributions to


70


the BEP effective September 7, 2009 and expects to reinstate those matching contributions effective January 1, 2011. Contribution expense for the BEP was $0.3 million, $0.6 million, and $0.6 million in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
The Company also provides a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for the CEO and certain former officers of the Company. The SERP is a non-qualified defined benefit pension plan designed to provide retirement benefits for the plan participants. The projected benefit obligation recognized by the Company related to the SERP was $8.4 million and $18.3 million at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation related to the SERP was $7.8 million and $17.9 million at March 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The annual expense for the SERP was $0.7 million, $1.3 million, and $1.3 million in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
The significant assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and the annual expense for the SERP as of the March 31st measurement date are presented below:
             
  Fiscal year ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
 
Discount rate  5.62%   6.09%   5.82% 
Rate of annual compensation increases  3.00%   3.00%   3.00% 
The discount rate represents the Moody’s Aa long-term corporate bond yield as of the Company’s fiscal year-end, which management believes reflects a rate of return on high-quality fixed-income investments currently available and expected to be available during the period to maturity of the SERP obligations.
In connection with the management restructuring actions taken in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recorded non-cash curtailment charges of $4.5 million for the SERP, which are included within restructuring charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The curtailment charges pertain to the retirement of the Company’s former CEO and termination of certain officers. In connection with the management restructuring actions taken in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recorded additional non-cash curtailment charges of $0.9 million and $0.3 million related to the SERP and the additional service credits liability curtailments, respectively, which are also included within “Restructuring charges (credits)” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fiscal 2009 fourth quarter charges relate to the termination of an officer and employee. Total curtailment charges recorded as restructuring expenses for the SERP and the additional service liability curtailments in fiscal 2009 were $5.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
Certain participants in the SERP were eligible for early retirement under the terms of the SERP and have elected to receive lump sum distributions from the plan and the additional service credits liability. In fiscal 2010, the Company funded the payments by taking loans totaling $12.5 million against the cash surrender value of the corporate-owned life insurance policies that informally fund the SERP. The Company has no obligation to repay these loans and does not intend to repay them.
Another former officer elected to receive a lump sum distribution in fiscal 2011. The Company will fund this payment with certain death benefit proceeds from corporate-owned life insurance policies. Accordingly, the Company classified approximately $2.5 million and $12.1 million of the SERP liability within current “Accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 20102013 and 2009, respectively. Additional information related to the classification of the current and long-term portion of the SERP and additional service credits liabilities is presented in Note 9.2012*
The Company did not incur curtailment charges related to the SERP in fiscal 2010. However, in fiscal 2010, the Company did incur non-cash settlement charges of $0.8 million pertaining to the payment of SERP benefits to the two former officers who elected lump sum distributions. These non-cash settlement charges are included within “Restructuring charges (credits)” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company provides certain former executives with life insurance benefits through endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements. The Company entered into a separate agreement with each of the former executives covered by these arrangements whereby the Company splits a portion of the policy benefits with the former executive. At March 31, 2010, the Company recognized a charge of $0.3 million related to these benefit obligations based on estimates developed by management by evaluating actuarial information and including assumptions with respect to discount rates and mortality. The Company used the assumptions that were used to value the SERP obligations to value these benefits. The expense associated with these benefits was classified within “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations andfor the related liability was recorded within “Other non-current liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The aggregate cash surrender value of the underlying corporate-owned split-dollar life insurance contracts was $3.1 million (net of policy loans of $0.2 million) and $2.8 million (net of policy loans of $0.2 million) atyears ended March 31, 20102013, 2012, and 2009, respectively.2011*
In conjunction with the BEP and SERP, the Company invested in corporate-owned life insurance policies and marketable securities held in a Rabbi Trust and intends to use these investments to satisfy future obligations of the plans. The value of the policies related to these benefit plans was $12.8 million, net of policy loans of $12.5 million, and $23.4 million at March 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Company borrowed $12.5 million against these policies in fiscal 2010 and used the proceeds to satisfy BEP and SERP obligations. The life


71


insurance policies are valued at their cash surrender value, which approximates fair value, and the marketable securities held in a Rabbi trust are valued at fair market value. At March 31, 2010 and 2009, the marketable securities held in the Rabbi trust had a fair value of $21,000 and $37,000, respectively.
The following benefit payments are expected to be made to participants related to the SERP and additional service credits obligations over the next 10 fiscal years:
     
  Amount 
 
 
Fiscal year ending March 31    
2011 $2,504 
2012  2,555 
2013   
2014   
2015   
2016 — 2020  290 
Total $5,349 
12.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is the subject of various threatened or pending legal actions and contingencies in the normal course of conducting its business. The Company provides for costs related to these matters when a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The effect of the outcome of these matters on the Company’s future results of operations and liquidity cannot be predicted because any such effect depends on future results of operations and the amount or timing of the resolution of such matters. While it is not possible to predict with certainty, management believes that the ultimate resolution of such individual or aggregated matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.
On July 11, 2006, the Company filed a lawsuit in U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Ohio against the former shareholders of CTS, a company that was purchased by Agilysys in May 2005. In the lawsuit, Agilysys alleged that principals of CTS failed to disclose pertinent information during the acquisition, representing a material breach in the representations of the acquisition purchase agreement. On January 30, 2009, a jury ruled in favor of the Company, finding the former shareholders of CTS liable for breach of contract, and awarded damages in the amount of $2.3 million. On October 30, 2009, the Company settled this case, CTS’ counterclaim, and a related suit brought against the company by CTS’ investment banker, DecisionPoint International, for $3.9 million in satisfaction of the judgment and the Company’s previously incurred attorney’s fees. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company received payments of $1.9 million on October 28, 2009, payments of $0.3 million on each of November 6, 13, and 20, 2009, and a final payment of $1.1 million on November 25, 2009. The Company recorded the $2.3 million in damages awarded in “Other (income) expenses, net” and the remaining $1.6 million, representing reimbursement of attorney’s fees, in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
On September 30, 2008, the Company had a $36.2 million investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund (the “Primary Fund”). Due to liquidity issues, the Primary Fund temporarily ceased honoring redemption requests at that time. The Board of Trustees of the Primary Fund subsequently voted to liquidate the assets of the fund and approved several distributions of cash to investors. On November 25, 2009, U.S. District CourtComprehensive Loss for the Southern District of New York issued an Order (the “Order”) on an application made by the SEC concerning the distribution of the remaining assets of The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund. The Order provided for a pro rata distribution of the remaining assets and enjoined certain claims against the Primary Fund and other parties named as defendants in litigation involving the Primary Fund. The Order did not provide a timeframe for the pro rata distribution of the assets.
As ofyears ended March 31, 2009, the Company had received $31.0 million of the investment, with $5.2 million remaining in The Primary Fund. As a result of the delay in cash distribution, during the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the remaining $5.2 million was reclassified from “Cash2013, 2012, and cash equivalents” to investments in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other non-current assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, and, accordingly, the reclassification was presented as a cash outflow from investing activities in the


72


2011*
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. In addition, as of March 31, 2009, the Company estimated and recognized impairment charges totaling 8.3% of its original investment in the fund for losses that may occur upon the liquidation of the Primary Fund. The impairment charges recognized during fiscal 2009 totaled $3.0 million and were classified in “Other (income) expenses, net” within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
During fiscal 2010, the Company received additional distributions totaling $4.8 million from The Primary Fund and presented the distributions as a cash inflow from investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. In addition, the Company recognized gains related to these distributions totaling $2.5 million within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. At March 31, 2010, the Company had a remaining uncollected balance of its Primary Fund investment totaling $0.5 million, for which a reserve was previously recorded in fiscal 2009. The Company is unable to estimate the timing of future distributions, if any, from the Primary Fund.
As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had minimum purchase commitments under a PPA with Arrow totaling $660 million and $990 million, respectively.
13.
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
Description of Business Segments
The Company has three reportable business segments: HSG, RSG, and TSG. The reportable segments are each managed separately and are supported by various practices as well as Company-wide functional departments. These functional support departments include general accounting, accounts receivable and collections, accounts payable, tax, information technology, legal, payroll, and benefits. The costs associated with the functional support departments are contained within Corporate/Other and are not allocated back to the reportable business segments. Corporate/Other is not a reportable business segment as defined by GAAP.
HSG is a leading technology provider to the hospitality industry, offering application software and services that streamline management of operations, property, and inventory for customers in the gaming, hotel and resort, cruise lines, food management services, and sports, and entertainment markets.
RSG is a leader in designing solutions that help make retailers more productive and provide their customers with an enhanced shopping experience. RSG solutions help improve operational efficiency, technology utilization, customer satisfaction, and in-store profitability, including customized pricing, inventory, and customer relationship management systems. The group also provides implementation plans and supplies the complete package of hardware needed to operate the systems, including servers, receipt printers,point-of-sale terminals, and wireless devices for in-store use by the retailer’s store associates.
TSG is a leading provider of IBM, HP, Sun (now owned by Oracle), EMC2, and Hitachi Data Systems enterprise IT solutionsFlows for the complex needs of customers in a variety of industries — including education, finance, government, healthcare, and telecommunications, among others. The solutions offered include enterprise architecture and high availability, infrastructure optimization, storage and resource management, identity management, and business continuity. TSG is an aggregation of the Company’s IBM, HP, and Sun reporting units due to the similarity of their economic and operating characteristics. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Stack reporting unit was integrated into the HP reporting unit.
Measurement of Segment Operating Results and Segment Assets
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies elsewhere in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements. Intersegment sales are recorded at pre-determined amounts to allow for intercompany profit to be included in the operating results of the individual reportable segments. Such intercompany profit is eliminated for consolidated financial reporting purposes.
As discussed in Note 1, Verizon Communications, Inc. represented 38.7%, 32.6%, and 16.3% of the TSG segment’s total sales in fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008 respectively. Please refer to Note 4 for further information on the TSG and Corporate/Other restructuring charges, and Note 5 for the TSG, RSG, and HSG significant prior period goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges. The minimal asset impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2010 relate to certain capitalized software property and equipment that management determined was no longer being used to operate the business.


73


The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, does not evaluate a measurement of segment assets when evaluating the performance of the Company’s reportable segments. As such, information relating to segment assets is not provided in the financial information below.
The following table presents segment profit and related information for each of the Company’s reportable segments for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 20092013, 2012, and 2008:2011*
                     
  Reportable Segments       
  HSG  RSG  TSG  Corporate/Other  Consolidated 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010
                    
Total revenue $83,342  $110,973  $446,550  $  $640,865 
Elimination of intersegment revenue  (206)  (155)  (73)     (434)
Revenue from external customers $83,136  $110,818  $446,477  $  $640,431 
Gross margin $51,463  $23,326  $87,501  $(763) $161,527 
Gross margin percentage
  61.9%   21.0%   19.6%       25.2% 
Operating income (loss) $8,690  $6,662  $10,951  $(33,140) $(6,837)
Other income, net           6,194   6,194 
Interest expense, net           (957)  (957)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes $8,690  $6,662  $10,951  $(27,903) $(1,600)
Other information:                    
Capital expenditures $4,694  $31  $103  $8,478  $13,306 
Non-cash charges:                    
Depreciation and Amortization(1) $4,337  $198  $6,418  $4,876  $15,829 
Asset impairment $90  $  $55  $148  $293 
Restructuring charges $  $  $  $823  $823 
Total $4,427  $198  $6,473  $5,847  $16,945 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2009
                    
Total revenue $99,826  $122,478  $512,108  $  $734,412 
Elimination of intersegment revenue  (190)  (319)  (3,183)     (3,692)
Revenue from external customers $99,636  $122,159  $508,925  $  $730,720 
Gross margin $58,004  $27,748  $108,489  $1,852  $196,093 
Gross margin percentage
  58.2%   22.7%   21.3%       26.8% 
Operating loss $(114,053) $(16,963) $(88,177) $(56,238) $(275,431)
Other expenses, net           (7,180)  (7,180)
Interest expense, net           (672)  (672)
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes $(114,053) $(16,963) $(88,177) $(64,090) $(283,283)
Other information:                    
Capital expenditures $1,224  $309  $10  $5,513  $7,056 
Cash paid for acquisitions $2,381  $  $  $  $2,381 


74


Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011*
                     
  Reportable Segments       
  HSG  RSG  TSG  Corporate/Other  Consolidated 
 
 
Non-cash charges:                    
Depreciation and Amortization(1) $5,931  $129  $16,673  $4,366  $27,099 
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment $122,488  $24,912  $84,456  $  $231,856 
Restructuring charges $  $  $23,573  $17,228  $40,801 
Total $128,419  $25,041  $124,702  $21,594  $299,756 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008
                    
Total revenue $85,103  $130,223  $554,655  $  $769,981 
Elimination of intersegment revenue  (280)  (493)  (9,040)     (9,813)
Revenue from external customers $84,823  $129,730  $545,615  $  $760,168 
Gross margin $44,643  $24,764  $105,166  $1,419  $175,992 
Gross margin percentage
  52.6%   19.1%   19.3%       23.2% 
Operating income (loss)  4,274   6,246   19,123   (46,767)  (17,124)
Other income, net           5,846   5,846 
Interest income, net           12,214   12,214 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes $4,274  $6,246  $19,123  $(28,707) $936 
Other information:                    
Capital expenditures $741  $15  $50  $7,969  $8,775 
Cash paid for acquisitions $112,234  $  $123,976  $  $236,210 
Non-cash charges:                    
Depreciation and Amortization(1) $4,865  $376  $14,491  $3,855  $23,587 
Restructuring credits $  $  $  $(75) $(75)
Total $4,865  $376  $14,491  $3,780  $23,512 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements*
(1)Does not include the amortization of deferred financing fees totaling $485, $584, and $226 in fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, which related to Corporate/Other.
(a)(2) Financial statement schedule. The following financial statement schedule is included herein and is incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report:
Enterprise-Wide DisclosuresSchedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts*
The Company’s assetsAll other schedules have been omitted since they are primarily locatednot applicable or the required information is included in the United Statesconsolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(a)(3) Exhibits. Exhibits included herein and those incorporated by reference are listed in the Exhibit Index of America. Further, revenues attributablethis Annual Report.
__________
* Previously filed with the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 24, 2013, which is being amended hereby.

29


Signatures

Pursuant to customers outside the United Statesrequirements of America accounted for 6%, 4%, and 5%Section 13 or 15(d) of total revenues for 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Total revenues for the Company’s three specific product areas are as follows:
           
  For the year ended March 31,
  2010  2009 2008
 
Hardware $440,242  $464,410 $482,144
Software  80,505   88,902  95,289
Services  119,684   177,408  182,735
Total $640,431  $730,720 $760,168

75


14.
CAPITAL STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Capital Stock
Holders of the Company’s common shares are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be submitted to a vote of the shareholders. At March 31, 2010, and 2009, there were no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
In August 2007, in fulfillment of the Company’s previously disclosed intention to return capital to shareholders, the Company announced a modified “Dutch Auction” tender offer for up to 6,000,000 of the Company’s common shares. In September 2007, the Company accepted for purchase 4,653,287 of the Company’s common shares at a purchase price of $18.50 per share (considered a current market trading price), for a total cost of approximately $86.1 million, excluding related transaction costs. The tender offer was funded through cash on hand. The Company uses the par value method to account for treasury stock. Accordingly, the treasury stock account is charged only for the aggregate stated value of the shares reacquired, or $0.30 per share. The capital in excess of stated value is charged for the difference between cost and stated value.
In September 2007, the Company entered into a written trading plan that complied withRule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which provided forAgilysys, Inc. has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A to be signed on its behalf by the purchaseundersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of upCincinnati, State of Ohio, on July 29, 2013.

AGILYSYS, INC.

/s/  James H. Dennedy
James H. Dennedy
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to 2,000,000the requirements of the Company’s common shares. In December 2007,Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the Company announced it had completed the repurchasefollowing persons on behalf of the shares on the open market for a total cost of $30.4 million, excluding related transaction costs. Also in December 2007, the Company entered into an additionalRule 10b5-1 plan that provided for the purchase of up to an additional 2,500,000 of the Company’s common shares. The Board of Directors authorized a cash outlay of $150 millionRegistrant and in the aggregate for the tender offer and purchases pursuant toRule 10b5-1 plans, which also complied with the approval limit under the Company’s then existent credit facility. By February 2008, 2,321,787 of the 2,500,000 shares were redeemed for a total cost of $33.5 million. The $150 million maximum cash outlay was achieved; therefore the purchase of common shares for treasury was completed.
Dividend Payments
Common share dividends of $0.03 per share were paid on May 1, 2009 and August 3, 2009 to shareholders of record. On August 5, 2009, the Company announced that its Board of Directors voted to eliminate the payment of cash dividends due to the evolution of the Company’s business model and the weak operating performance that resulted in the Company not maintaining its fixed charge coverage ratio. The elimination of the dividend preserves approximately $2.7 million in cash for the Company on an annualized basis and further improves financial flexibility.
Common share dividends were paid quarterly at the rate of $0.03 per share in fiscal years 2009 and 2008 to shareholders of record.


76


15.
(LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following data show the amounts used in computing (loss) earnings per share and the effect on income and the weighted average number of shares of dilutive potential common shares.
             
  For the year ended March 31 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
 
Numerator:            
Income (loss) from continuing operations — basic and diluted $3,576  $(282,187) $1,858 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations — basic and diluted  (29)  (1,947)  1,801 
Net income (loss) — basic and diluted $3,547  $(284,134) $3,659 
Denominator:            
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic  22,627   22,587   28,252 
Effect of dilutive securities — stock options and stock-settled stock appreciation rights  461      514 
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted  23,088   22,587   28,766 
Earnings (loss) per share — basic:            
Income (loss) from continuing operations $0.16  $(12.49) $0.07 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations  (0.00)  (0.09)  0.06 
Net income (loss) $0.16  $(12.58) $0.13 
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted:            
Income (loss) from continuing operations $0.15  $(12.49) $0.07 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations  (0.00)  (0.09)  0.06 
Net income (loss) $0.15  $(12.58) $0.13 
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed as net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average basic shares outstanding. The outstanding shares used to calculate the weighted average basic shares excludes 187,000, 52,000, and 160,000 of restricted shares and performance shares (including reinvested dividends) at March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, as these shares were issued but were not vested and, therefore, not considered outstanding for purposes of computing basic earnings per share at the balance sheet dates. Diluted earnings per share is computed by sequencing each series of potential issuance of common shares from the most dilutive to the least dilutive. Diluted earnings per share is determined as the lowest earnings or highest (loss) per incremental share in the sequence of potential common shares. When a loss is reported, the denominator of diluted earnings per share cannot be adjusted for the dilutive impact of share-based compensation awards because doing so would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, basic weighted-average shares outstanding were used in calculating the diluted net loss per share.
For the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, options on 1.4 million, 2.8 million, and 1.0 million shares of common shares, respectively, were not included in computing diluted earnings per share because their effects were anti-dilutive.


77


16.
SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has a shareholder-approved 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”). Under the 2006 Plan, the Company may grant non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock-settled stock appreciation rights, time-vested restricted shares, restricted share units, performance-vested restricted shares, and performance shares for up to 3.2 million common shares. The maximum aggregate number of restricted shares, restricted share units, and performance shares that may be granted under the Plan is 1.6 million. The aggregate number of shares underlying all awards granted under the 2006 Plan in any two consecutive fiscal year period may not exceed 1.6 million shares plus the aggregate number of shares underlying awards previously cancelled, terminated, or forfeited.
For stock option awards, the exercise price must be set at least equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common shares on the date of grant. The maximum term of option awards is 10 years from the date of grant. Stock option awards vest over a period established by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in conjunction with, or independently from, a stock option granted under the 2006 Plan. Stock appreciation rights, granted in connection with a stock option, are exercisable only to the extent that the stock option to which it relates is exercisable and the stock appreciation rights terminate upon the termination or exercise of the related stock option. The maximum term of stock appreciation rights awards is 10 years.
Restricted shares, restricted share units, and performance shares may be issued at no cost or at a purchase price that may be below their fair market value, but are subject to forfeiture and restrictions on their sale or other transfer. Performance share awards may be granted, where the right to receive shares in the future is conditioned upon the attainment of specified performance objectives and such other conditions, restrictions, and contingencies. Performance shares have the right to receive dividends, if any, subject to the same forfeiture provisions that apply to the underlying awards. As of March 31, 2010, there were no restricted share units awarded from the 2006 Plan.
The Company may distribute authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares to satisfy share option and appreciation right exercises or restricted share and performance share awards.
Stock Options
The following table summarizes stock option activity during fiscal 2010, 2009, and 2008 for stock options awarded by the Company under the 2006 Plan and prior plans.
                         
     For the year ended March 31       
  2010  2009  2008 
     Weighted
     Weighted
     Weighted
 
     average
     average
     average
 
  Number of
  exercise
  Number of
  exercise
  Number of
  exercise
 
  shares  price  shares  price  shares  price 
 
 
Outstanding at April 1  2,157,165  $11.63   3,526,910  $14.24   3,394,748  $13.61 
Granted        783,500   4.92   280,000   22.21 
Exercised  (38,333)  2.30         (108,038)  13.38 
Cancelled/expired  (314,831)  14.24   (1,920,840)  13.24   (11,800)  14.57 
Forfeited  (5,001)  13.95   (232,405)  15.31   (28,000)  21.07 
Outstanding at March 31  1,799,000  $11.36   2,157,165  $11.63   3,526,910  $14.24 
Options exercisable at March 31  1,553,659  $12.48   1,638,818  $13.41   2,897,564  $13.58 
Compensation expense recorded within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for stock options during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $0.7 million, $0.5 million, and $3.5 million, respectively. The fiscal 2009 expense included a $1.5 million reversal in stock option expense due to a change in the estimate of the forfeiture rate which was updated due to the management restructuring actions. No stock options were exercised during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2009. Since no options were exercised fiscal 2009, no income tax benefit was recognized in operations during the year. As of March 31, 2010, total unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock options was $0.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 14 months. No stock options were granted during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.


78


The fair market value of each option granted is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The following assumptions were made in estimating fair value of the stock option grants:
     
  For the year ended March 31
  2009 2008
 
Dividend yield 0.7% — 1.2% 0.7%
Risk-free interest rate 2.2% — 4.3% 4.9%
Expected life 6.0 years 6.0 years
Expected volatility 43.1% — 73.4% 43.8%
The dividend yield reflects the Company’s historical dividend yield on the date of award. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond whose maturity period equals the option’s expected term. The expected term reflects employee-specific future exercise expectations and historical exercise patterns, as appropriate. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s common shares. The Company’s ownership base has been and may continue to be concentrated in a few shareholders, which has increased and could continue to increase the volatility of the Company’s common share price over time. The estimated fair value of stock option grants, less expected forfeitures, is recognized over the vesting period of the grants utilizing the graded vesting method. Under this method, the compensation cost related to unvested amounts begins to be recognizedcapacities indicated as of the grant date.July 29, 2013.
The following table summarizes the status of stock options outstanding at March 31, 2010.
                     
  Options outstanding  Options exercisable 
        Weighted
     Weighted
 
     Weighted
  average
     average
 
     average
  remaining
     exercise
 
Exercise price range Number  exercise price  contractual life  Number  price 
 
 
$2.19 — $8.29  491,667  $2.57   8.66   299,997  $2.49 
$8.29 — $9.95  262,666   9.35   6.00   211,495   9.24 
$9.95 — $11.61  30,000   11.17   1.31   30,000   11.17 
$11.61 — $13.26  7,500   12   8.33   5,000   12.00 
$13.26 — $14.92  202,000   13.71   4.38   202,000   13.71 
$14.92 — $16.58  663,834   15.65   6.19   663,834   15.65 
$16.58 — $22.21  141,333   22.21   6.98   141,333   22.21 
   1,799,000  $11.36   6.63   1,553,659  $12.48 


79


Stock-Settled Stock Appreciation Rights
Stock-Settled Appreciation Rights (“SSARs”) are rights granted to an employee to receive value equal to the difference in the price of the Company’s common shares on the date of the grant and on the date of exercise. This value is settled in common shares of the Company. No SSARs were awarded by the Company during fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008. The following table summarizes the activity during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 for SSARs awarded by the Company under the 2006 Plan:
             
  Fiscal year ended March 31, 2010
 
     Weighted
  Weighted average
 
     average
  remaining
 
  Number of
  exercise
  contractual
 
  shares  price  life (in years) 
 
 
Outstanding at April 1    $     
Granted  531,150   6.87     
Exercised          
Cancelled/expired  (26,000)  5.84     
Forfeited          
Outstanding at March 31  505,150  $6.92   6.21 
SSARs exercisable at March 31  156,547  $6.87     
Compensation expense recorded within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for SSARs was $0.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2010, total unrecognized stock based compensation expense related to non-vested SSARs was $0.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over the vesting period, which is a weighted-average period of 22 months.
The fair market value of each SSAR granted is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The following assumptions were made in estimating fair value of the SSARs granted during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010:
SignatureTitle
/s/ James H. DennedyPresident, Chief Executive Officer and Director
James H. Dennedy(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Robert R. EllisSenior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer,
Robert. R. EllisChief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Janine K. SeebeckVice President and Controller
Janine K. Seebeck(Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)
/s/ Keith M. KolerusChairman and Director
Keith M. Kolerus  
  Fiscal year ended
/s/ R. Andrew CuevaDirector
R. Andrew Cueva  March 31, 2010
Dividend yield0% - 1.57%
Risk-free interest rate1.81% - 3.23%
Expected life4.5 years - 7.0 years
Expected volatility65.43% - 69.83%


80


On August 5, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors voted to eliminate the payment of cash dividends on the Company’s common shares. For awards granted prior to August 5, 2009, the dividend yield reflects the Company’s historical dividend yield on the date of award. Awards granted after August 5, 2009 were valued using a zero percent dividend yield, which is the yield expected during the life of the award. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond whose maturity period equals the SSARs’ expected term. The expected term reflects employee-specific future exercise expectations and historical exercise patterns, as appropriate. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s common shares. The Company’s ownership base has been and may continue to be concentrated in a few shareholders, which has increased and could continue to increase the volatility of the Company’s Common share price over time. The estimated fair value of SSARs grants, less expected forfeitures, is recognized over the vesting period of the grants utilizing the graded vesting method. Under this method, the compensation cost related to unvested amounts begins to be recognized as of the grant date. The following table summarizes the fair market values of SSARs granted during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 under the 2006 Plan.
         
  Number of
  Fair
 
Grant Date SSARs Awarded  Value 
 
 
May 22, 2009  464,150  $3.44 
June 22, 2009  12,000  $2.35 
June 30, 2009  12,000  $2.38 
July 31, 2009  8,000  $2.40 
December 18, 2009  35,000  $6.14 
Restricted Shares
Compensation expense related to non-vested share awards is recognized over the restriction period based upon the closing market price of the Company’s shares on the grant date. Compensation expense charged to operations for non-vested share awards was $0.6 million, $1.5 million, and $0.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. As of March 31, 2009, there was $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 12 months. Dividends are awarded to non-vested shares.
The Company granted shares to its directors and certain executives under the 2006 Plan, the vesting of which is service-based. The following table summarizes non-vested share activity during the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 for restricted shares awarded by the Company under the 2006 Plan and prior plans.
             
  2010  2009  2008 
 
 
Outstanding at April 1  12,000   80,900   18,750 
Granted  112,557   81,600   108,000 
Vested  (99,557)  (104,900)  (45,850)
Forfeited     (45,600)   
Outstanding at March 31  25,000   12,000   80,900 
Compensation expense related to restricted share awards is recognized over the restriction period based upon the closing market price of the Company’s common shares on the grant date. Compensation expense recorded within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for restricted share awards was $0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $1.5 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Fiscal 2009 compensation expense includes a credit of $0.6 million that was recognized, which related to employee terminations. As of March 31, 2010, there was $0.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted share awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 38 months. The Company will not include restricted shares in the calculation of earnings per share until the shares are vested.
The fair market value of restricted shares is determined based on the closing price of the Company’s shares on the grant date.


81


Performance Shares
The Company granted shares to certain of its executives under the 2006 Plan, the vesting of which is contingent upon meeting various company-wide performance goals. The performance shares contingently vest over three years. The fair value of the performance share grant is determined based on the closing market price of the Company’s common shares on the grant date and assumes that performance goals will be met at target. If such goals are not met, no compensation cost will be recognized and any compensation cost previously recognized during the vesting period will be reversed. The Company will not include performance shares in the calculation of earnings per share until they are vested.
The net compensation expense (benefit) was recorded within “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 expense of $0.2 million, a credit of $0.6 million, and expense of $1.0 million, respectively, was recorded. A gross credit of $0.5 million and $1.4 million was recognized in fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively, relating to employee terminations and the evaluation of performance goals. As of March 31, 2010, there was $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to performance share awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 16 months.
The following table summarizes performance share activity during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:
             
  2010  2009  2008 
 
 
Outstanding at April 1  40,000   152,000    
Granted  306,500      152,000 
Vested         
Forfeited  (185,952)  (112,000)   
Outstanding at March 31  160,548   40,000   152,000 
The number of outstanding performance shares at April 1, 2009 was adjusted to reflect the full amount of shares granted. Although the Company was not recognizing compensation cost on the full amount of these shares in accordance with GAAP, no shares were forfeited until March 31, 2010, which was the end of the performance period.
17.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are measured on a recurring or non-recurring basis. Financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis are those that are adjusted to fair value each time a financial statement is prepared. Financial assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis are those that are adjusted to fair value when a significant event occurs. In determining fair value of financial assets and liabilities, we use various valuation techniques. For many financial instruments, pricing inputs are readily observable in the market, the valuation methodology used is widely accepted by market participants, and the valuation does not require significant management discretion. For other financial instruments, pricing inputs are less observable in the market and may require management judgment. The availability of pricing inputs observable in the market varies from instrument to instrument and depends on a variety of factors including the type of instrument, whether the instrument is actively traded, and other characteristics particular to the transaction.
The Company assesses the inputs used to measure fair value using a three-tier hierarchy. The hierarchy indicates the extent to which pricing inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Level 1 inputs include unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities and are the most observable. Level 2 inputs include unadjusted quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities that are either directly or indirectly observable, or other observable inputs such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity rates, and yield curves. Level 3 inputs are not observable in the market and include the Company’s own judgments about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The use of observable and unobservable inputs is reflected in the hierarchy assessment disclosed in the tables below.


82


The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such fair value:
                 
  Fair value measurement used
 
     Active markets
  Quoted prices in
  Active markets
 
  Recorded value
  for identical assets
  similar instruments
  for unobservable
 
  as of
  or liabilities
  and observable
  inputs
 
  March 31, 2010  (Level 1)  inputs (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
 
 
Assets:
                
Available for sale marketable securities $21  $21         
Corporate-owned life insurance — current  191          $191 
Corporate-owned life insurance — non-current  15,904           15,904 
Liabilities:
                
BEP — non-current $4,705      $4,705     
Restructuring liabilities — current  1,206          $1,206 
Restructuring liabilities — non-current  732           732 
                 
  Fair value measurement used
 
     Active markets
  Quoted prices in
  Active markets
 
  Recorded value
  for identical assets
  similar instruments
  for unobservable
 
  as of
  or liabilities
  and observable
  inputs
 
  March 31, 2009  (Level 1)  inputs (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
 
 
Assets:
                
Available for sale marketable securities $37  $37         
Investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund — current  1,629      $1,629     
Investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund — non-current  638       638     
Corporate-owned life insurance  26,172          $26,172 
Liabilities:
                
BEP $3,797      $3,797     
Restructuring liabilities  9,927          $9,927 
The Company maintains an investment in available for sale marketable securities in which cost approximates fair value. The recorded value of the Company’s investment in available for sale marketable securities is based on quoted prices in active markets and, therefore, is classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
The recorded value of the Company’s investment in The Reserve Fund’s Primary Fund is valued using information other than quoted market prices, which is available on The Reserve Fund’s website and, therefore, is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. At March 31, 2010, the Company had a remaining uncollected balance of its Primary Fund investment totaling $0.5 million, for which a reserve was previously recorded in fiscal 2009.
The recorded value of the corporate-owned life insurance policies is adjusted to the cash surrender value of the policies, which are not observable in the market, and therefore, are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Changes in the cash surrender value of these policies are recorded within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The recorded value of the BEP obligation is measured as employee deferral contributions and Company matching contributions less distributions made from the plan, and adjusted for the returns on the hypothetical investments selected by the participants, which are indirectly observable and therefore, classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The Company’s restructuring liabilities primarily consist of one-time termination benefits to former employees and ongoing costs related to long-term operating lease obligations. The recorded value of the termination benefits to employees is adjusted to the expected remaining obligation each period based on the arrangements made with the former employees. The recorded value of the ongoing lease


83


obligations is based on the remaining lease term and payment amount, net of sublease income plus interest, discounted to present value. These inputs are not observable in the market and, therefore, the liabilities are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
The following table presents a summary of changes in the fair value of the Level 3 assets and liabilities for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
         
  Level 3 assets and liabilities
 
  Fiscal year ended March 31, 2010
 
  Corporate-owned
  Restructuring
 
  life insurance  liabilities 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2009 $26,172  $9,927 
Realized gains/(losses)      
Unrealized gains relating to instruments held at the reporting date  802    
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (net)  (10,879)  (7,989)
Balance at March 31, 2010 $16,095  $1,938 
         
  Level 3 assets and liabilities
 
  Fiscal year ended March 31, 2009
 
  Corporate-owned
  Restructuring
 
  life insurance  liabilities 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2008 $25,024  $44 
Realized gains/(losses)      
Unrealized losses relating to instruments held at the reporting date  (4,610)   
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (net)  5,758   9,883 
Balance at March 31, 2009 $26,172  $9,927 
Unrealized losses represented changes in the cash surrender value of the corporate-owned life insurance policies and were recorded within “Other (income) expenses, net” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The following tables present information about the Company’s financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such fair value:
                 
  Fair value measurement used
 
     Active markets
  Quoted prices in
  Active markets
 
  Recorded value
  for identical assets
  Similar instruments
  for unobservable
 
  as of
  or liabilities
  and observable
  inputs
 
  March 31, 2010  (Level 1)  inputs (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
 
 
Assets:
                
Goodwill $50,418          $50,418 
Intangible assets  32,510           32,510 
Liabilities:
                
SERP obligations ��� current $2,504          $2,504 
Other employee benefit plans obligations — current  35           35 
SERP obligations — non-current  5,908           5,908 
Other employee benefit plans obligations — non-current  419           419 


84


                 
  Fair value measurement used
 
     Active markets
  Quoted prices in
  Active markets
 
  Recorded value
  for identical assets
  similar instruments
  for unobservable
 
  as of
  or liabilities
  and observable
  inputs
 
  March 31, 2009  (Level 1)  inputs (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
 
 
Assets:
                
Goodwill $50,382          $50,382 
Intangible assets  36,659           36,659 
Liabilities:
                
SERP obligations — current $11,103          $11,103 
Other employee benefit plans obligations — current  1,010           1,010 
SERP obligations — non-current  7,182           7,182 
Other employee benefit plans obligations — non-current  99           99 
Goodwill of the Company’s reporting units is measured for impairment on an annual basis, or in interim periods if indicators of potential impairment exist, using a combination of an income approach and a market approach, weighted 80% and 20%.
The income approach is based on projected future debt-free cash flow that is discounted to present value using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. This approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting unit’s expected long-term operating and cash flow performance. This approach also mitigates most of the impact of cyclical downturns that occur in the reporting unit’s industry. The income approach is based on a reporting unit’s projection of operating results and cash flows that is discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital. The projection is based upon the Company’s best estimates of projected economic and market conditions over the related period including growth rates, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins, and cash expenditures. Other significant estimates and assumptions include terminal value growth rates, terminal value margin rates, future capital expenditures, and changes in future working capital requirements based on management projections.
The market approach is based on direct transactional evidence, or where such transactional evidence does not exist, the observed earnings and revenue trading multiples, or “equity value,” of comparable “peer group” companies is used. The reporting units are assessed based on qualitative and quantitative comparisons against the peer group, including size, expected growth, profitability, and product diversification. This approach provides that if the respective reporting unit is comparable to the peer group, then a similar multiple of equity value is a reasonable indication of the value of the reporting unit.
The Company believes this methodology provides reasonable estimates of a reporting unit’s fair value and that this estimate is consistent with how a market participant would view the reporting unit’s fair value. Fair value computed by this methodology is arrived at using a number of factors, including projected future operating results and business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, comparable marketplace data within a consistent industry grouping, and the cost of capital. The Company weighs the income approach more heavily than the market approach in its analysis because management believes that there is not a strong comparability with the peer group companies, and therefore, the income approach provides a better measure of fair value. There are inherent uncertainties, however, related to these factors and to management’s judgment in applying them to this analysis. Nonetheless, the Company believes that this method provides a reasonable approach to estimate the fair value of its reporting units.
The Company’s intangible assets are valued at their estimated fair value at time of acquisition. The Company evaluates the fair value of its definite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis, or in interim periods if indicators of potential impairment exist, as described in Note 5. The same approach described above for the goodwill valuation is also used to value indefinite-lived intangible assets.
The recorded value of the Company’s SERP and other benefit plans obligations is based on estimates developed by management by evaluating actuarial information and includes assumptions such as discount rates, future compensation increases, expected retirement dates, payment forms, and mortality. The recorded value of these obligations is measured on an annual basis, or upon the occurrence of a plan curtailment or settlement.
The inputs used to value the Company’s goodwill, intangible assets, and employee benefit plan obligations are not observable in the market and therefore, these amounts are classified within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

85


The following table presents a summary of changes in the fair value of the Level 3 assets and liabilities for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
                 
  Level 3 assets and liabilities
 
  Fiscal year ended March 31, 2010
 
           Other employee
 
     Intangible
  SERP
  benefit plans
 
  Goodwill  assets  obligations  obligations 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2009 $50,382  $36,659  $18,285  $1,109 
Realized gains/(losses)            
Unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at the reporting date  396          
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (net)  (360)  (4,149)  (9,873)  (655)
Balance at March 31, 2010 $50,418  $32,510  $8,412  $454 
                 
  Level 3 assets and liabilities
 
  Fiscal year ended March 31, 2009
 
           Other employee
 
     Intangible
  SERP
  benefit plans
 
  Goodwill  assets  obligations  obligations 
 
 
Balance at April 1, 2008 $298,420  $55,625  $14,033  $569 
Realized gains/(losses)            
Unrealized gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at the reporting date  (204)         
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (net)  (247,834)  (19,966)  4,252   540 
Balance at March 31, 2009 $50,382  $35,659  $18,285  $1,109 
Unrealized gains related to goodwill represent fluctuations due to the movement of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. Cumulative currency translation adjustments are recorded within “Other comprehensive income” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.


86


18.
QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
Because quarterly reporting of per share data is used independently for each reporting period, the sum of per share amounts for the four quarters in the fiscal year will not necessarily equal annual per share amounts. GAAP prohibits retroactive adjustment of quarterly per share amounts so that the sum of those amounts equals amounts for the full year.
The Company experiences a seasonal increase in sales during its fiscal third quarter ending in December. The Company believes that this sales pattern is industry-wide. Although the Company is unable to predict whether this uneven sales pattern will continue over the long-term, the Company anticipates that this trend will remain the same in the foreseeable future.
                     
  Fiscal year ended March 31, 2010
 
  First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
    
  quarter  quarter  quarter  Quarter  Year 
 
 
Net Sales $129,720  $155,881  $218,999  $135,831  $640,431 
Gross margin  31,851   43,873   49,976   35,827   161,527 
Asset impairment charges        238   55   293 
Restructuring charges  14   54   677   78   823 
(Loss) income from continuing operations  (12,407)  2,888   13,604   (509)  3,576 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations  11   (52)  3   9   (29)
Net (loss) income $(12,396) $2,836  $13,607  $(500) $3,547 
Per share data:                    
Basic:                    
(Loss) income from continuing operations $(0.55) $0.13  $0.60  $(0.02) $0.16 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations               
Net (loss) income $(0.55) $0.13  $0.60  $(0.02) $0.16 
Diluted:                    
(Loss) income from continuing operations $(0.55) $0.12  $0.59  $(0.02) $0.15 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations               
Net (loss) income $(0.55) $0.12  $0.59  $(0.02) $0.15 


87


                     
  Fiscal year ended March 31, 2009
 
  First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
    
  quarter  quarter  quarter  Quarter  Year 
 
 
Net Sales $179,751  $171,438  $224,076  $155,455  $730,720 
Gross margin  47,024   50,108   59,022   39,939   196,093 
Asset impairment charges  33,623   112,020      86,213   231,856 
Restructuring charges  23,063   510   13,357   3,871   40,801 
Loss from continuing operations  (60,075)  (105,277)  (2,243)  (114,592)  (282,187)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations  38   (1,312)  (1,477)  804   (1,947)
Net loss $(60,037) $(106,589) $(3,720) $(113,788) $(284,134)
Per share data:                    
Basic and diluted                    
Loss from continuing operations $(2.66) $(4.66) $(0.10) $(5.07) $(12.49)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations     (0.06)  (0.07)  0.04   (0.09)
Net loss $(2.66) $(4.72) $(0.17) $(5.03) $(12.58)
19.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
Subsequent events include events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued. Subsequent events are named either as recognized or non-recognized.
As discussed in Note 11, subsequent to March 31, 2010, the Company redeemed death benefit proceeds totaling approximately $2.2 million, net of outstanding loans, from certain corporate-owned life insurance policies. The proceeds were used to satisfy the SERP obligation for a former executive of the Company who separated from service during fiscal 2009. This event was treated as a non-recognized subsequent event.
Management evaluated events that occurred subsequent to March 31, 2010 for recognition or disclosure in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes and concluded that there are no additional significant subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosure.

88


Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(In thousands)
                     
  Balance at
  Charged to
  Charged
     Balance at
 
  beginning of
  costs and
  to other
     end of
 
Classification year  expenses  accounts  Deductions  year 
 
 
2010
                    
Allowance for doubtful accounts $3,005  $372  $  $(1,661) $1,716 
Inventory valuation reserve $2,411  $1,062  $  $(1,720) $1,753 
Restructuring reserves $9,927  $823  $  $(8,812) $1,938 
2009                    
Allowance for doubtful accounts $2,392  $2,452  $  $(1,839) $3,005 
Inventory valuation reserve $1,334  $1,361  $  $(284) $2,411 
Restructuring reserves $44  $40,801  $  $(30,918) $9,927 
2008                    
Allowance for doubtful accounts $1,147  $682  $1,411(a) $(848) $2,392 
Inventory valuation reserve $1,045  $670  $  $(381) $1,334 
Restructuring reserves $635  $(8) $  $(583) $44 
(a)The $1,411 represents allowance for doubtful accounts acquired in business combinations.


89


agilysys, Inc.
Exhibit Index
   
Exhibit No./s/ Gerald C. Jones DescriptionDirector
Gerald C. Jones
 
 3(a) 
/s/ Robert A. LauerDirector
Robert A. Lauer
/s/ Robert G. McCreary, IIIDirector
Robert G. McCreary, III
/s/ John MutchDirector
John Mutch


30


Agilysys, Inc.
Exhibit Index
Exhibit No.Description
3(a)Amended Articles of Incorporation of Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc., which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003(File No. 000-05734).
3(b)Amended Code of Regulations, as amended, of Agilysys, Inc., which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b)3(a) to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2009June 30, 2011 (FileNo. 000-05734).
3(b)Amended Code of Regulations of Agilysys, Inc., which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 31, 2012 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(a)10(a)The Company’s Executive OfficerCompany's Annual Incentive Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B10(b) to the Company’s definitiveAgilysys, Inc.'s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed July 8, 2005June 28, 2011 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(b)Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999(File No. 000-05734).
*10(c)Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Agilysys, Inc., Agilysys NJ, Inc. and Innovative Systems Design, Inc., which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed June 1, 2007(File No. 000-05734).
*10(d)10(b)Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2000(File (File No. 000-05734).
*10(e)10(c)Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. Benefit Equalization Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(p) to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2000 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(f)Form of Option Agreement between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and the optionees under the Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999(File No. 000-05734).
*10(g)Employment agreement, effective April 24, 2000, between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Steven M. Billick, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(h)Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2000, between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Robert J. Bailey, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(w) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(i)Change of Control Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2000, between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Robert J. Bailey, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(x) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(j)Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2000, between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Peter J. Coleman, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(y) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(k)Change of Control Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2000, between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Peter J. Coleman, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(z) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001 (FileNo. 000-05734).


90


Exhibit No.Description
*10(l)10(d)Amendment to the Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 29, 2002, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(x) to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2002 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(m)Employment agreement, effective April 1, 2002, between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Arthur Rhein which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(aa) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2002 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(n)Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Agilysys, Inc. and Arthur Rhein, effective December 23, 2005, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed December 30, 2005 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(o)Letter dated December 23, 2005 from Charles F. Christ to Arthur Rhein, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed December 30, 2005 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(p)Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Arthur Rhein, effective April 1, 2003, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(cc) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(q)Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement, between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Steven M. Billick, effective April 1, 2002, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(dd) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(r)Amendment No. 1 to Change of Control Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2003, between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Robert J. Bailey, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ee) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(s)Amendment No. 1 to Change of Control Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2003, between Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc. and Peter J. Coleman, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ff) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(t)10(e)Employment Agreement dated June 30, 2003 between Martin F. Ellis and Pioneer-Standard Electronics (n/k/a Agilysys, Inc.), which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(gg) to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2004 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(u)10(f)Change of Control Agreement dated June 30, 2003 by and between Martin F. Ellis and Pioneer-Standard Electronics (n/k/a Agilysys, Inc.), which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(hh) to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2004 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(v)10(g)Forms of Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between the CompanyAgilysys, Inc. and each of its Directors and Executive Officers, which are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99(b) to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1994 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(w)10(h)Amendment No. 1 to Change of Control Agreement dated June 30, 2003 between Agilysys, Inc. and Martin F. Ellis, effective May 31, 2005, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Current Report onForm 8-K filed June 6, 2005 (FileNo. 000-05734).

91


Exhibit No.Description
*10(x)10(i)Non-Competition Agreement between Agilysys, Inc. and Martin F. Ellis, effective May 31, 2005, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Current Report onForm 8-K filed June 6, 2005 (FileNo. 000-05734).
10(y)Asset Purchase Agreement between Agilysys, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Agilysys Canada Inc., and Arrow Electronics, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Arrow Electronics Canada Ltd. And Support Net, Inc., which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed January 5, 2007(File No. 000-05734)
*10(z)Amendment and Extension Agreement between Agilysys, Inc. and Arthur Rhein, effective January 28, 2008, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed January 30, 2008(File No. 000-05734).
*10(aa)Amended and Restated Earnout Agreement among Agilysys, Inc., Agilysys NJ, Inc. Innovative Systems Design, Inc. Anthony Mellina, David Vogelzang, and Frank G. Batula, dated as of April 10, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(bb)Separation Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Arthur Rhein dated as of October 20, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed October 24, 2008(File No. 000-05734).
*10(cc)Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Kenneth J. Kossin effective April 1, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed November 19, 2008(File No. 000-05734).
*10(dd)Amendment to Change of Control Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Robert J. Bailey dated December 17, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed December 23, 2008 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(ee)Amendment to Change of Control Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Peter J. Coleman dated December 17, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed December 23, 2008 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(ff)10(j)Amendment to Change of Control Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Martin F. Ellis dated December 31, 2008, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’sCompany's Current Report onForm 8-K filed January 7, 2009 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(k)*10(gg)Amendment to Change of Control Agreement and Non-CompetitionSettlement Agreement by and betweenamong Agilysys, Inc. and Richard A. Sayers IIthe Ramius Group dated December 31, 2008,March 11, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.210.1 to the Company’sAgilysys, Inc.'s Current Report onForm 8-K filed January 7,March 17, 2009 (FileNo. 000-05734).
10(l)*10(hh)SeparationLoan and Security Agreement Amendment to Change of Control Agreement and Non-Competition Agreement by and betweenamong Agilysys, Inc., Agilysys NV, LLC, Agilysys NJ, Inc. and Richard A. Sayers II effective March 15,Bank of America, N.A., as agent for the Lenders dated May 5, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s CurrentCompany's current report on Form 8-K filed May 6, 2009 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(m)Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Kathleen A. Weigand effective March 4, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(mm) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report onForm 8-K filed10-K for the year ended March 12,31, 2009 (FileNo. 000-05734).
*10(n)Retention Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Kathleen A. Weigand effective March 9, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(nn) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2009 (File No. 000-05734).

92


     
Exhibit No. Description
 
 *10(ii) Settlement Agreement by and among Agilysys, Inc. and the Ramius Group dated March 11, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed March 17, 2009(File No. 000-05734).
 10(jj) Loan and Security Agreement among Agilysys, Inc., Agilysys NV, LLC, Agilysys NJ, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., as agent for the Lenders dated May 5, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report onForm 8-K filed May 6, 2009 (FileNo. 000-05734).
 *10(kk) Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Kathleen A. Weigand effective March 4, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(mm) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K filed June 9, 2009 (FileNo. 000-05734).
 *10(ll) Retention Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Kathleen A. Weigand effective March 9, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(nn) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K filed June 9, 2009 (FileNo. 000-05734).
 *10(mm) Agilysys, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective May 20, 2010.
 *10(nn) Agilysys, Inc. 2010 Performance Share Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(pp) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K filed June 9, 2009 (FileNo. 000-05734).
 *10(oo) Form of Performance Restricted Stock Award Agreement, Agilysys, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(pp) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K filed June 9, 2009 (FileNo. 000-05734).
 *10(pp) Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.
 *10(qq) Form of Directors Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
 21  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 23  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 99(a) Certificate of Insurance Policy, effective November 1, 1997, between Chubb Group of Insurance Companies and Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc., which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99(a) to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1998 (FileNo. 000-05734).



*10(o)Agilysys, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective May 20, 2010, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(mm) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2010 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(p)Agilysys, Inc. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed June 28, 2011 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(q)Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(pp) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2010 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(r)Form of Directors Restricted Stock Award Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(qq) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2010 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(s)Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Anthony Mellina, effective November 15, 2009, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(t)Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Henry R. Bond, effective October 18, 2010, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(u)Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 (File No. 000-05734).
10(v)Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement among Agilysys Inc., Agilysys Technology Solutions Group, LLC, OnX Acquisition LLC and OnX Enterprise Solutions Limited, dated as of May 28, 2011, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Agilysys, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 31, 2011 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(w)Amendment to the Agilysys, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, effective March 25, 2011.
*10(x)Amendment to the Agilysys, Inc. Benefits Equalization Plan, effective March 31, 2011.
*10(y)Separation Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Martin F. Ellis, dated as of May 31, 2011.
*10(z)Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Robert R. Ellis, effective October 10, 2011, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 (File No. 000-05734) .
*10(aa)Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Kyle C. Badger, effective October 31, 2011, which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 (File No. 000-05734).
*10(bb)Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and James Dennedy, effective April 1, 2012, which incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(bb) to Agilysys, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2012 (File No. 000-5734).
**10(cc)Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Janine Seebeck, effective November 7, 2011.
**10(dd)Employment Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Larry Steinberg, dated April 10, 2012.
10(ee)Asset Purchase Agreement by and between Agilysys, Inc. and Kyrus Solutions, Inc., dated May 31, 2013, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.01 to Agilysys, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 4, 2013 (File No. 000-05734).
**21Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
**23.1Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
**23.2Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
**31.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
**31.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
***31.3Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
***31.4Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.



99(a)Certificate of Insurance Policy, effective November 1, 1997, between Chubb Group of Insurance Companies and Pioneer-Standard Electronics, Inc., which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99(a) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1998 (File No. 000-05734).
*Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**Previously filed with the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 14, 2013, which is being amended hereby.
***Filed herewith
+Previously furnished with the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on June 14, 2013, which is being amended hereby.

93